annual reporting 2015 : learning experiences

102
Learning Experiences Annual Performance Report 2014-2015

Upload: hagley-college

Post on 23-Jul-2016

218 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

DESCRIPTION

 

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning Experiences

Annual Performance Report 2014-2015

Page 2: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Contents

Student Engagement 01

Student Support Networks 33

Learning Support 61

Graduated College’s Years 9-11 79

Page 3: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student Engagement 01page

Page 4: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  2  

 

Table  of  Contents  

INTRODUCTION  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  4  A.  Intellectual  Engagement  ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  4  B.  Emotional  Engagement:  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  4  C.  Behavioral  Engagement  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  5  D.  Physical  Engagement  ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  5  E.  Social  Engagement  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  5  Cultural  Engagement  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  5  

SPECIFIC  STRATEGIC  FOCUS  FOR  STUDENT  ENGAGEMENT  ....................................................................................................................................................................................  6  Wellbeing  +  Involvement  =  Engagement  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................  6  

GOAL  &  CRITICAL  SUCCESS  FACTORS  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................  7  

1.  COLLEGE-­‐WIDE  STUDENT  ENGAGEMENT  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................  7  A.  Intellectual  Engagement  ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  7  B.  Emotional  Engagement:  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  7  C.  Behavioral  Engagement  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  8  D.  Physical  Engagement  ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  8  E.  Social  Engagement  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  8  Cultural  Engagement  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  9  

2.  SPECIFIC  MODEL  OF  STUDENT  ENGAGEMENT  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................  10  

3.  WELLBEING  FOR  LEARNING  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  11  Parent  &  Community  Perspectives  on  Student  Wellbeing  .........................................................................................................................................................................................  11  

4.  INVOLVEMENT  IN  LEARNING  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  12  

Authentic  Relationships  Built  By  Kaiako  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................  13     1.  Good  Teacher  Practice  Model-­‐all  classroom  kaiako  use  this  model  at  Hagley  ................................................................................................................................................  13     2.  The  Mentor  Model  2014  at  Hagley  Community  College  .................................................................................................................................................................................  13     3.  Māori  Mentor  Model  at  Hagley  community  College  .......................................................................................................................................................................................  15     4.  Learning  Support  team  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  16     5.  The  Junior  College  Year  9  and  10  Graduating  College  .....................................................................................................................................................................................  17     6.  A  Digital  Framework  For  Student  Access  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................  17     7.  Education  Outside  the  Classroom  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................  17  

   

Page 5: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  3  

 

5.  IMPACT  ON  ENGAGEMENT  &  ACHIEVEMENT  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................  18  

  A.  Student  Stories  of  Re-­‐Engagement  &  Success  .....................................................................................................................................................................................................  18    

  B.  Re-­‐Engaging  Students  &  Adding  Value  To  The  Greater  Christchurch  Network  ..................................................................................................................................................  21  Data  Collection  and  Sample  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  21  Performance  NCEA  L2  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  21  Performance  NCEA  L3  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  22  Analysis  NCEA  L3  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  22  Summary  .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  22  

6.  STAFFING  THE  COLLEGE  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  23  Qualified  Staff  .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  23  Newly  Appointed  Staff  in  2014  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  23  Staff  at  Hagley  .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  24  Programme  for  New  and  Beginner  Teachers  2014  .....................................................................................................................................................................................................  24  Department  Professional  Growth  and  Feedback  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................  28  College  of  Practical  Design  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  28  ESOL  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  29  Mathematics  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  29  Art  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  30  Social  Sciences  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  30  Science  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  31  English  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  31  PE/Health  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  31  Performing  Arts  ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  32  Other  Professional  Learning  and  Development  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................  32  

   

Page 6: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  4  

 

INTRODUCTION  

In  education,  student  engagement  refers  to  the  degree  of  attention,  curiosity,  interest,  optimism,  and  passion  that  students  show  when  they  are  learning  or  being  taught,  which  extends  to  the  level  of  motivation  they  have  to  learn  and  progress  in  their  education.  Generally  speaking,  the  concept  of  “student  engagement”  is  predicated  on  the  belief  that  learning  improves  when  students  are  inquisitive,  interested,  or  inspired,  and  that  learning  tends  to  suffer  when  students  are  bored,  dispassionate,  disaffected,  or  otherwise  “disengaged.”  Stronger  student  engagement  or  improved  student  engagement  are  common  instructional  objectives  expressed  by  educators.    In  education,  the  term  student  engagement  has  grown  in  popularity  in  recent  decades,  most  likely  resulting  from  an  increased  understanding  of  the  role  that  certain  intellectual,  emotional,  behavioral,  physical,  and  social  factors  play  in  the  learning  process.  For  example,  a  wide  variety  of  research  studies  on  learning  have  revealed  connections  between  so-­‐called  “non-­‐cognitive  factors”  or  “non-­‐cognitive  skills”  (e.g.,  motivation,  interest,  curiosity,  responsibility,  determination,  perseverance,  attitude,  work  habits,  self-­‐regulation,  social  skills,  etc.)  and  “cognitive”  learning  results  (e.g.,  improved  academic  performance,  test  scores,  information  recall,  skill  acquisition,  etc.).  The  concept  of  student  engagement  typically  arises  when  educators  discuss  or  prioritize  educational  strategies  and  teaching  techniques  that  address  the  intellectual,  emotional,  behavioral,  physical,  and  social  factors  that  either  enhance  or  undermine  learning  for  students.    It  should  be  noted  that  educators  may  hold  different  views  on  student  engagement,  and  it  may  be  defined  or  interpreted  differently  from  place  to  place.  For  example,  in  one  school  observable  behaviors  such  as  attending  class,  listening  attentively,  participating  in  discussions,  turning  in  work  on  time,  and  following  rules  and  directions  may  be  perceived  as  forms  of  “engagement,”  while  in  another  school  the  concept  of  “engagement”  may  be  largely  understood  in  terms  of  internal  states  such  as  enthusiasm,  curiosity,  optimism,  motivation,  or  interest.    While  the  concept  of  student  engagement  seems  straightforward,  it  can  take  fairly  complex  forms  in  practice.  The  following  six  key  areas  illustrate  the  ways  in  which  student  engagement  is  developed  and  focused  within  and  across  Hagley  Community  College.    A.  Intellectual  Engagement    To  increase  student  engagement  in  a  course  or  subject,  teachers  may  create  lessons,  assignments,  or  projects  that  appeal  to  student  interests  or  that    stimulate  their  curiosity.  For  example,  teachers  may  give  students  more  choice  over  the  topics  they  are  asked  to  write  about  (so  students  can  choose  a  topic  that  specifically  interests  them)  or  they  may  let  students  choose  the  way  they  will  investigate  a  topic  or  demonstrate  what  they  have  learned  (some  students  may  choose  to  write  a  paper,  others  may  produce  short  video  or  audio  documentary,  and  still  others  may  create  a  multimedia  presentation).  Teachers  may  also  introduce  a  unit  of  study  with  a  problem  or  question  that  students  need  to  solve.  For  example,  students  might  be  asked  to  investigate  the  causes  of  a  local  environmental  problem,  determine  the  species  of  an  unknown  animal  from  a  few  short  descriptions  of  its  physical  characteristics  and  behaviors,  or  build  a  robot  that  can  accomplish  a  specific  task.  In  these  cases,  sparking  student  curiosity  can  increase  “engagement”  in  the  learning  process.  This  approach  at  Hagley  is  encouraged  with  all  staff  through  the  key  areas  of  authentic  learning,  community-­‐based  learning,  differentiation,  personalized  learning,  project-­‐based  learning,  relevance,  and  student  voice.        B.  Emotional  Engagement:  Teachers  throughout  the  college  use  a  wide  variety  of  strategies  to  promote  positive  emotions  in  students  that  will  facilitate  the  learning  process,  minimize  negative  behaviors,  or  keep  students  from  dropping  out.      In  an  integrated  but  additional  way  Hagley  has  the  Learning  Support,  Junior  College  year  9-­‐11  and  the  pastoral  team  to  support  the  teacher  strategies  that  encourage  student  engagement  “having  a  reason  for  what  ākonga  do”.        

Page 7: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  5  

 

C.  Behavioral  Engagement  

Teachers  may  establish  classroom  routines,  use  consistent  cues,  or  assign  students  roles  that  foster  behaviors  more  conducive  to  learning.  For  example,  elementary  school  teachers  may  use  cues  or  gestures  that  help  young  students  refocus  on  a  lesson  if  they  get  distracted  or  boisterous.  The  teacher  may  clap  three  times  or  raise  a  hand,  for  example,  which  signals  to  students  that  it’s  time  to  stop  talking,  return  to  their  seats,  or  begin  a  new  activity.  Teachers  may  also  establish  consistent  routines  that  help  students  stay  on  task  or  remain  engaged  during  a  class.  For  example,  the  class  may  regularly  break  up  into  small  groups  or  move  their  seats  into  a  circle  for  a  group  discussion,  or  the  teacher  may  ask  students  on  a  rotating  basis  to  lead  certain  activities.  By  introducing  variation  into  a  classroom  routine,  teachers  can  reduce  the  monotony  and  potential  disengagement  that  may  occur  when  students  sit  in  the  same  seat,  doing  similar  tasks,  for  extended  periods  of  time.  Research  on  brain  based  learning  has  also  provided  evidence  that  variation,  novelty,  and  physical  activity  can  stimulate  and  improve  learning.  For  a  related  discussion,  see  classroom  management.    D.  Physical  Engagement  Teachers  may  use  physical  activities  or  routines  to  stimulate  learning  or  interest.  For  example,  “kinesthetic  learning”  refers  to  the  use  of  physical  motions  and  activities  during  the  learning  process.  Instead  of  asking  students  to  answer  questions  aloud,  a  teacher  might  ask  students  to  walk  up  to  the  chalkboard  and  answer  the  question  verbally  while  also  writing  the  answer  on  the  board  (in  this  case,  the  theory  is  that  students  are  more  likely  to  remember  information  when  they  are  using  multiple  parts  of  the  brain  at  the  same  time—i.e.,  the  various  parts  dedicated  to  speaking,  writing,  physical  activity,  etc.).  Teachers  may  also  introduce  short  periods  of  physical  activity  or  quick  exercises,  particularly  during  the  elementary  years,  to  reduce  antsy,  fidgety,  or  distracted  behaviors.  In  addition,  more  schools  throughout  the  United  States  are  addressing  the  physical  needs  of  students  by,  for  example,  offering  all  students  free  breakfasts  (because  disengagement  in  learning  and  poor  academic  performance  have  been  linked  to  hunger  and  malnutrition)  or  starting  school  later  at  a  later  time  (because  adolescent  sleep  patterns  and  needs  differ  from  those  of  adults,  and  adolescents  may  be  better  able  to  learn  later  in  the  morning).    E.  Social  Engagement  Teachers  may  use  a  variety  of  strategies  to  stimulate  engagement  through  social  interactions.  For  example,  students  may  be  paired  or  grouped  to  work  collaboratively  on  projects,  or  teachers  may  create  academic  contests  that  students  compete  in—e.g.,  a  friendly  competition  in  which  teams  of  students  build  robots  to  complete  a  specific  task  in  the  shortest  amount  of  time.  Academic  and  co-­‐curricular  activities  such  as  debate  teams,  robotics  clubs,  and  science  fairs  also  bring  together  learning  experiences  and  social  interactions.  In  addition,  strategies  such  as  demonstrations  of  learning  or  capstone  projects  may  require  students  to  give  public  presentations  of  their  work,  often  to  panels  of  experts  from  the  local  community,  while  strategies  such  as  community  based  learning  or  service  learning  (learning  through  volunteerism)  can  introduce  civic  and  social  issues  into  the  learning  process.  In  these  cases,  learning  about  societal  problems,  or  participating  actively  in  social  causes,  can  improve  engagement.    Cultural  Engagement  

The  college  takes  active  steps  to  make  students  from  diverse  cultural  backgrounds—particularly  our  Māori  ākonga  and  recently  arrived  immigrant  or  refugee  students  and  their  families—feel  welcomed,  accepted,  safe,  and  valued.  For  example,  administrators,  teachers,  and  school  staff  may  provide  special  orientation  sessions  for  their  new-­‐New  Zealand  populations  or  offer  translation  services  and  informational  materials  translated  into  multiple  languages.  The  College  invites  Māori  families  to  hui  that  concentrate  on  improving  understanding  of  learning  and  pathways  available  for  the  tamariki.    Students,  families,  and  local  cultural  leaders  from  diverse  backgrounds  may  be  asked  to  speak  about  their  experiences  to  students  and  school  staff,  and  teachers  intentionally  modify  lessons  to  incorporate  the  history  of  NZ  and  other  cultures,  literature,  arts,  and  perspectives  of  the  student  ethnicities  and  nationalities  represented  in  their  classes.  School  activities  may  also  incorporate  multicultural  songs,  dances,  and  performances,  while  posters,  flags,  and  other  educational  materials  featured  throughout  the  school  may  reflect  the  cultural  diversity  of  the  students  and  school  community.  The  general  goal  of  such  strategies  is  to  reduce  the  feelings  of  confusion,  alienation,  disconnection,  or  exclusion  that  some  students  and  families  may  experience,  and  thereby  increase  their  engagement  in  academics  and  school  activities.      

Page 8: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  6  

 

SPECIFIC  STRATEGIC  FOCUS  FOR  STUDENT  ENGAGEMENT    The  college  is  committed  to  taking  the  concept  of  student  engagement  to  a  deeper  and  more  influential  level.  It  has  developed  two  important  strategies.  The  first  strategy  is  developed  and  implemented  within  the  Engagement  portfolio  and  the  second  strategy  is  developed  and  implemented  within  the  Curriculum  Design  portfolio.    The  first  specific  engagement  strategy  relates  to  understanding  and  developing  a  new  model  of  student  engagement  that  involves  student  wellbeing  for  learning  and  their  involvement  in  learning.  Both  wellbeing  and  involvement  are  necessary  in  order  for  effective  learning  to  take  place.  Both  of  these  factors  influence  the  engagement  of  learners  and,  therefore,  the  outcomes  of  their  learning.  This  is  the  focus  of  this  portfolio  called  student  engagement.    Wellbeing  +  Involvement  =  Engagement    The  second  specific  engagement  strategy  is  the  development  of  the  college  as  an  ‘Engaging  School’  based  on  the  research  of  the  Innovations  Unit  (UK)  launched  through  the  Learning  Futures  programme,  in  order  to  find  ways  to  improve  educational  outcomes  by  increasing  young  people’s  engagement  in  learning.  There  are  four  areas  of  key  development  within  this  strategy  for  the  college:  project  based  learning,  extending  learning  relationships,  developing  the  college  as  a  basecamp;  and  having  the  college  as  a  learning  commons.  The  primary  implementation  model  being  used  is  the  ‘schools  within  a  school’  framework.  The  college  is  implementing  this  strategy  through  curriculum  re-­‐design  and  is  reported  on  in  the  Curriculum  Design  portfolio.    Within  the  crucial  area  of  engagement  are  three  additional  portfolios.  These  are:  Student  Support;  Learning  Support;  and  Junior  Graduating  College  -­‐  Year  11  Graduating  College.        

WELLBEING  Confidence  &  self-­‐esteem  

Sense  &  self-­‐idenqty  Vitality  

Enjoyment  &  sense  of  humour  Ability  to  rest  &  relax  

Social  iniqaqve  Asserqveness  

Coping  flexibility  Parqcipaqon  &  cooperaqon  Openness  &  recepqvity  Pleasure  in  exploring  

Opqmism  Self-­‐direcqon  

Persistence/robustness  Responsibility  

INVOLVEMENT  Concentraqon  

Energy  Complexity/creaqvity  

Persistence  Precision  

Saqsfacqon  

ENGAGEMENT  

Page 9: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  7  

 

GOAL  &  CRITICAL  SUCCESS  FACTORS  The  goal  of  the  Student  Engagement  portfolio  is  the  engagement  of  students  in  their  learning  by  developing  strategies  for  student  wellbeing  and  their  involvement  in  learning  to  create  the  maximum  opportunity  for  effective  learning  to  take  place.  This  goal  will  be  achieved  through  the  following  critical  success  factors:  

1. Broad  Concepts  of  Student  Engagement:  The  implementation  and  monitoring  of  the  broad  concept  of  student  engagement  across  the  college.  2. A  Model  of  Engagement:  The  development  and  implementation  of  a  specific  model  of  student  engagement  that  incorporates  the  key  strategies  of  student  wellbeing  and  student  

involvement.  3. Student  Wellbeing:  The  provision  of  explicit  learning  opportunities  for  students  to  develop  skills,  abilities  and  understandings  important  to  the  development  of  wellbeing  for  learning.  4. Student  Involvement:  The  development  of  three  profound  influences  on  student  involvement  in  learning  that  include:  the  relationship  teachers  have  with  their  students;  the  

classroom  environment;  and  the  quality  of  the  experiences  teachers  provide  for  their  students.  5. Impact  of  A.R.T.:  The  impact  of  engagement  on  the  achievement,  retention  and  transitions  (A.R.T.)  of  students.  

   1.  COLLEGE-­‐WIDE  STUDENT  ENGAGEMENT  We  know  that  teachers  make  the  difference  to  student  learning.  When  teachers  have  the  opportunity  to  observe  and  reflect  on  their  own  practice  (see  Hagley  Community  College’s  ‘Subject  Reviews  –  Best  Practice  in  Teaching,  Learning  and  Assessment’),  and  are  encouraged  to  share  their  observations  and  reflections  in  deeper  professional  dialogue,  richer  understandings  emerge.    An  analysis  of  teachers  best  practice  and  inquiry  projects  is  used  to  identify  the  range  and  diversity  of  student  engagement  across  the  dimensions  of  intellectual,  emotional,  behavioural,  physical,  social  engagement,  and  cultural  engagement.    A.  Intellectual  Engagement    

To  increase  student  engagement  in  a  course  or  subject,  teachers  are  encouraged  to  create  lessons,  assignments,  or  projects  that  appeal  to  student  interests  or  that  stimulates  their  curiosity.  This  approach  at  Hagley  is  encouraged  with  all  staff  through  the  key  areas  of  authentic  learning,  community-­‐based  learning,  differentiation,  personalized  learning,  project-­‐based  learning,  relevance,  and  student  voice.    For  example,  teachers  may  give  students  more  choice  over  the  topics  they  are  asked  to  write  about  (so  students  can  choose  a  topic  that  specifically  interests  them)  a  good  example  of  this  is  found  in  History  where  the  concept  to  research  and  understand  is  “Collateral  Damage”  and  ākonga  may  decide  which  area  of  interest  they  will  research.    In  Art  the  design  process  is  designing  a  T-­‐Shirt  and  the  student  is  allowed  to  choose  their  own  design  and  make  the  whole  design  project  their  own.  The  “little  black  dress”  is  designed  and  made  in  Fashion  and  many  patterns  and  variations  come  from  this  project  making  it  appealing  and  interesting  for  the  student.    This  is  done  in  many  places  in  the  College  where  students  choose  the  way  they  will  investigate  a  topic  or  demonstrate  what  they  have  learned  (some  students  may  choose  to  write  a  paper,  others  may  produce  short  video  or  audio  documentary,  and  still  others  may  create  a  multimedia  presentation).  Teachers  may  also  introduce  a  unit  of  study  with  a  problem  or  question  that  students  need  to  solve.  For  example,  students  might  be  asked  to  investigate  the  causes  of  a  local  environmental  problem,  determine  the  species  of  an  unknown  animal  from  a  few  short  descriptions  of  its  physical  characteristics  and  behaviours.  In  these  cases,  sparking  student  curiosity  can  increase  “engagement”  in  the  learning  process.          B.  Emotional  Engagement:  The  college  uses  a  wide  variety  of  strategies  to  promote  positive  emotions  in  students  that  will  facilitate  the  learning  process,  minimize  negative  behaviours,  or  keep  students  from  dropping  out.  For  example,  classrooms  and  other  learning  environments  may  be  redesigned  to  make  them  more  conducive  to  learning,  teachers  may  make  a  point  of  monitoring  student  moods  and  asking  them  how  they  are  feeling,  or  school  programmes  may  provide  counselling,  peer  mentoring,  or  other  services  that  generally  seek  to  give  students  the  support  they  need  to  succeed  academically  and  feel  positive,  optimistic,  or  excited  about  school  and  learning.  Strategies  such  as  advisories,  for  example,  are  intended  to  build  stronger  relationships  between  students  and  

Page 10: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  8  

 

adults  in  a  school.  The  basic  theory  is  that  students  will  be  more  likely  to  succeed  if  at  least  one  adult  in  the  school  is  meeting  with  a  student  regularly,  inquiring  about  academic  and  non-­‐academic  issues,  giving  her  advice,  and  taking  an  interest  in  her  out-­‐of-­‐school  life,  personal  passions,  future  aspirations,  and  distinct  learning  challenges  and  needs.    

C.  Behavioral  Engagement  

Teachers  may  establish  classroom  routines,  use  consistent  cues,  or  assign  students  roles  that  foster  behaviours  more  conducive  to  learning.  For  example,  junior  College  teachers  may  use  cues  or  gestures  that  help  younger  students  refocus  on  a  lesson  if  they  get  distracted  or  talkative.  The  teacher  may  clap  three  times  or  raise  a  hand,  for  example,  which  signals  to  students  that  it’s  time  to  stop  talking,  return  to  their  seats,  or  begin  a  new  activity.  Teachers  may  also  establish  consistent  routines  that  help  students  stay  on  task  or  remain  engaged  during  a  class.  For  example,  the  class  may  regularly  break  up  into  small  groups  or  move  their  seats  into  a  circle  for  a  group  discussion,  or  the  teacher  may  ask  students  on  a  rotating  basis  to  lead  certain  activities.  By  introducing  variation  into  a  classroom  routine,  teachers  can  reduce  the  monotony  and  potential  disengagement  that  may  occur  when  students  sit  in  the  same  seat,  doing  similar  tasks,  for  extended  periods  of  time.  Research  on  brain  learning  has  also  provided  evidence  that  variation,  novelty,  and  physical  activity  can  stimulate  and  improve  learning.  In  year  9  Learning  to  Learn  the  ākonga  explore  how  the  brain  works  and  why  they  should  eat  well,  exercise  and  do  brain  gym.    This  understanding  leads  to  more  settled  behavioural  engagement  and  empowers  the  students  with  a  more  mature  approach  to  learning.    The  adolescents  especially  senior  classes  at  Hagley  are  often  tempered  in  their  classroom  learning  because  they  learn  side  by  side  with  adults.    At  Hagley  classroom  management  is  based  on  the  Bill  Rogers  model  and  this  works  very  well  for  the  Hagley  students.    D.  Physical  Engagement  

Teachers  may  use  physical  activities  or  routines  to  stimulate  learning  or  interest.  For  example,  “kinesthetic  learning”  refers  to  the  use  of  physical  motions  and  activities  during  the  learning  process.  Instead  of  asking  students  to  answer  questions  aloud,  a  teacher  might  ask  students  to  write  on  their  mini-­‐whiteboard      the  answer  to  the  question.    They  may  then  hold  their  board  up  and  the  teacher  will  ask  them  to  explain  their  answers.    In  this  way  everyone  is  involved  and  has  to  think.  Teachers  may  also  introduce  short  periods  of  physical  activity  or  quick  exercises,  particularly  during  the  junior  College  years,  to  reduce  antsy,  fidgety,  or  distracted  behaviors.  Our  Mathematics  kaiako  starts  her  lessons  with  a  warm  up  using  te  reo  especially  around  numbers  to  get  everyone  ready  to  work.  In  addition,  more  primary  schools  throughout  New  Zealand  are  addressing  the  physical  needs  of  students  by,  for  example,  offering  all  students  free  breakfasts  (because  disengagement  in  learning  and  poor  academic  performance  have  been  linked  to  hunger  and  malnutrition.    At  Hagley  our  café  is  open  before  school  and  a  free  breakfast  is  offered  on  a  Wednesday  morning.    A  small  group  of  students  take  advantage  of  the  breakfast.    The  research  also  says,  starting  school  at  a  later  time  is  beneficial  because  adolescent  sleep  patterns  and  needs  differ  from  those  of  adults,  and  adolescents  may  be  better  able  to  learn  later  in  the  morning.    Our  timetable  means  that  our  seniors  can  plan  a  programme  where  they  can  start  late  on  three  mornings  of  the  week  and  this  allows  for  the  sleep  in  a  lot  of  adolescents  thrive  on.  The  Schools  Within  Schools  are  mostly  kinesthetic  learning  by  nature  and  the  engagement  is  strengthened  because  there  are  no  interruptions  to  learning  because  they  are  full  day  programmes  sometimes  running  for  7  hours  on  one  day.    This  approach  to  learning  suits  a  lot  of  ākonga  who  like  to  work  with  their  hands  such  as  clay  modeling  for  the  animation  course,  the  creating  of  jewellery,  the  constructing  of  dog  kennels,  the  designing  and  making  of  clothes,  the  composing  of  songs  for  music,  the  playing  of  a  part  in  a  play,  the  going  to  a  rest-­‐home  or  a  childcare  centre  to  work  for  a  day.    The  interest  and  motivation  is  high  when  there  is  passion  and  time  to  learn  a  set  of  skills  the  ākonga  loves  doing.        E.  Social  Engagement  

Teachers  may  use  a  variety  of  strategies  to  stimulate  engagement  through  social  interactions.  For  example,  students  may  be  paired  or  grouped  to  work  collaboratively  on  projects,  or  teachers  may  create  academic  contests  that  students  compete  in  e.g.  a  friendly  competition  in  which  teams  of  students  build  robots  to  complete  a  specific  task  in  the  shortest  amount  of  time.    This  is  “purposeful  peer  interaction”  as  Fullan  (2009)  calls  it  and  it  is  including  in  many  lessons  at  Hagley.    Academic  and  co-­‐curricular  activities  offered  at  Hagley  are;  debating,  theatre  sports,  chess  club,  SADD,  Forty  Hour  Famine,  environmental  group,  Spirit  of  Adventure,  horticulture  group,  music,  Caberet  (student  directed),  library,  swap  meet  (recycle  clothes)  gaming,  philosophy,  science  club,  subject  tutoring  and  a  number  of  sporting  activities.    In  2015  we  will  be  setting  up  a  “make-­‐it”  table  where  students  can  undo  and  make  new  things  out  of  old  materials  such  as  computers.    These  learning  experiences  and  social  interactions  build  a  trusting  relationship  and  encourage  students  to  become  firstly  confident  in  their  learning  and  secondly  to  explore  

Page 11: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  9  

 

pathways  of  learning.  In  addition,  strategies  such  as  demonstrations  of  learning  or  capstone  projects  are  used  widely  in  the  college  especially  with  the  schools  within  a  school  initiative.  A  capstone  project  at  Hagley  has  been  running  for  several  years  with  the  Fashion  students  designing  certain  categories  of  clothes  (such  as  steam  punk  and  street  wear)  and  presenting  them  at  the  Hokonui  Fashion  Design  Awards.    The  students  have  been  very  successful  and  in  2014  the  College  had  two  winners.    These  projects  may  require  students  to  give  public  presentations  of  their  work,  often  to  panels  of  experts  from  the  local  community,  while  strategies  such  as  community  based  learning  or  service  learning  (learning  through  volunteerism)  can  introduce  civic  and  social  issues  into  the  learning  process.  In  these  cases,  learning  about  societal  problems,  or  participating  actively  in  social  causes,  can  improve  engagement.    In  Physical  Education  the  students  at  year  12  do  a  project  in  which  they  have  to  provide  a  social  service  to  a  community  group.    This  is  often  collecting  cans  of  food,  good  clothes  and  blankets  for  needy  people  in  the  community.    The  hospitality  course  offers  support  by  providing  food  for  such  activities  as  Scene  Plus  and  the  Fashion  show.    Many  of  the  Hagley  students  support  the  van  Asch  ākonga  (deaf  students)  and  our  leadership  group  do  social  service  by  supporting  primary  schools  with  reading  time  or  outdoor  activities.    The  year  12  Sports  Education  programme  takes  year  9  or  10  classes  and  leads  these  classes  in  sporting  activities  run  by  the  Sports  Education  ākonga  to  promote  sport  to  the  juniors.    The  guidance  counsellor  runs  a  programme  at  year  9  and  12  to  teach  what  good  social  and  emotional  skills  are.    F.  Cultural  Engagement  

The  college  takes  active  steps  to  make  students  from  diverse  cultural  backgrounds—particularly  our  Māori  ākonga  and  recently  arrived  immigrant  or  refugee  students  and  their  families—feel  welcomed,  accepted,  safe,  and  valued.  For  example,  administrators,  teachers,  and  school  staff  may  provide  special  orientation  sessions  for  their  new-­‐New  Zealand  populations  or  offer  translation  services  and  informational  materials  translated  into  multiple  languages.  Students,  families,  and  local  cultural  leaders  from  diverse  backgrounds  may  be  asked  to  speak  about  their  experiences  to  students  and  school  staff,  and  teachers  may  intentionally  modify  lessons  to  incorporate  the  history  of  NZ  and  other  cultures,  literature,  arts,  and  perspectives  of  the  student  ethnicities  and  nationalities  represented  in  their  classes.  School  activities  may  also  incorporate  multicultural  songs,  dances,  and  performances,  while  posters,  flags,  and  other  educational  materials  featured  throughout  the  school  may  reflect  the  cultural  diversity  of  the  students  and  school  community.  The  general  goal  of  such  strategies  is  to  reduce  the  feelings  of  confusion,  alienation,  disconnection,  or  exclusion  that  some  students  and  families  may  experience,  and  thereby  increase  their  engagement  in  academics  and  school  activities.      At  Hagley  we  run  the  ELL  (English  Language  Learning)  programme  and  Targeted  Family  Literacy  programme  for  refugee  background  learners.  To  support  these  programmes  we  have  the  Multi-­‐ethnic  Homework  and  Study  Centre  and  Adult  Community  Responsive  programmes.  The  Targeted  Family  Literacy  programme  is  a  model  used  to  support  refugee  parents  as  partners  in  education.  We  have  four  parent  education  workshops  per  year  and  evening  courses,  which  are  designed  to  assist  with  literacy  and  numeracy  skills,  English  language,  and  living  and  working  in  New  Zealand.  These  courses  are  delivered  alongside  the  Homework  Centre  following  the  approach  of  the  family  literacy  model.  Currently  we  run  NZ  Foods,  Computer  Literacy  and  Sewing.  At  present  we  have  109  young  students  attending  the  Homework  Centre  and  110  refugee  background  adults  attending  the  Family  Literacy  Programmes.  20  part-­‐time  staff  are  employed  to  support  these  programmes.  The  Homework  Centre  students  come  from  28  schools  across  Christchurch.    The  College  has  been  working  in  partnership  with  Whānau  Tahi  to  promote  Māori  activities  for  ākonga.    The  College  offers  a  mihi  whakatau  to  all  new  ākonga  at  the  beginning  of  the  school  year.    The  Whānau  has  been  opened  at  lunch-­‐time  to  promote  social  interaction  between  Māori  ākonga  and  this  was  very  successful  in  2014  and  a  small  group  of  about  15  senior  ākonga  availed  themselves  of  this.    Quite  a  group  of  these  ākonga  took  a  trip  with  the  Māori  mentor  to  Otago  University  to  explore  some  career  options  and  to  make  them  comfortable  with  finding  their  way  around  the  University  if  they  chose  to  study  there.    We  had  3  of  these  ākonga  enroll  in  Auckland  University  to  study  in  2015.    The  Māori  mentors  will  promote  the  University  trips  (both  Canterbury  and  Otago)  this  in  2015  and  hopefully  we  can  attract  more  ākonga  to  the  Whānau  at  lunch  times  in  2015.    The  College  held  a  hui  to  inform  and  explain  NCEA  to  parents  and  we  invited  ākonga  to  attend  as  well.    Most  families  who  came  brought  their  tamariki  as  well.    This  was  a  very  successful  evening  and  we  will  run  it  again  in  2015.        ‘Working  Alongside  Refugee  Families’  and  ‘Intercultural  Awareness  and  Communication’  workshops  are  held  three  times  per  year  to  up-­‐skill  and  build  the  capacity  of  staff  from  other  schools  and  organisations  in  Christchurch.  On  average  120  staff  attend  these  workshops  each  year.  We  are  involved  in  professional  learning  requests  by  schools  and  organisations  as  far  as  mid-­‐Canterbury  to  deliver  and  support  cultural  competency  knowledge  and  guidelines  for  working  with  students  from  culturally  and  linguistically  diverse  backgrounds.  Since  the  Christchurch  

Page 12: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  10  

 

earthquakes,  we  have  an  increased  number  of  migrants  requiring  specific  English  Language  Learning  acquisition  and  support.  As  a  consequence  the  leadership,  development  and  integration  of  Hagley’s  learning  communities  has  strengthened.  This  has  included  the  employment  of  more  ethnic  and  bilingual  staff  and  specialist  ongoing  PLD  to  strengthen  cultural  competencies  of  staff  at  Hagley.  Teaching  and  learning  pedagogies  are  developing  to  provide  more  learning  opportunities  for  students  and  more  opportunities  for  students  to  engage  in  personalised  programmes  that  lead  to  future  learning  and  pathways.      2.  SPECIFIC  MODEL  OF  STUDENT  ENGAGEMENT  

When  teachers  have  the  opportunity  to  observe  and  reflect  on  their  own  practice,  and  are  encouraged  to  share  their  observations  and  reflections  in  deeper  professional  dialogue,  richer  understandings  emerge.  This  work  is  undertaken  within  the  ‘Learning  Futures’  portfolio  but  it  is  vitally  important  that  the  student  engagement  portfolio  supports  teachers  in  this  professional  dialogue  by  providing  structures  and  understandings  so  that  teachers  may  gain  greater  clarity  around  the  connections  between  pedagogical  practices  and  student  engagement.  Research  has  determined  that  there  are  different  dimensions  to  engagement  which  focus  on  whether  students  are:  interacting  with  and  disposed  to  their  learning  –  this  is  the  dimension  of  wellbeing;  involved  with  their  learning  –  this  is  the  dimension  of  involvement.  Both  wellbeing  and  involvement  are  necessary  in  order  for  effective  learning  to  take  place:  they  influence  the  engagement  of  learners  and,  therefore,  the  outcomes  of  their  learning.  It  is  this  framework  upon  which  Hagley’s  model  of  student  engagement  is  based.    

   This  model  that  Hagley  uses  to  enable  student  engagement  can  be  illustrated  by  the  following  examples  of  practice;  

•  To  enable  good  learning  to  happen  kaiako  use  a  number  of  structural  and  learning  strategies.    (refer  to  the  good  practice  teacher  model,  the  pastoral  support,  learning  support,  digital  access,  junior  College  student  diary,  cultural  awareness  and  Whānau  understanding  and  support.)  

• The  College  provides  a  safe  physical  and  emotional  environment  to  enable  confident  ākonga  and  promote  good  learning.  • Kaiako  encourage  ākonga  to  use  the  key  competencies  (explained  in  the  junior  diary  for  year  9-­‐11  ākonga)  • Kaiako,  deans  and  mentors  teach  the  career  competencies  and  encourage  ākonga  to  use  these.  • To  encourage  learning  to  learn,  literacy  and  numeracy  strategies  that  will  set  the  Hagley  ākonga  up  for  life-­‐long  learning.  • The  student  builds  good  and  trusting  relationships  with  their  teachers  and  the  support  personnel  in  the  College.  • The  learning  environment  is  receptive  to  wellbeing  and  engagement.    It  is  attractive  and  involves  students  displaying  their  work  in  a  variety  of  ways.  • Ākonga  has  high  expectations  for  academic  achievement  and  kaiako  at  Hagley  use  an  “effective  teacher  profile”  to  produce  strong  academic  achievement.  • Assessment  practice  at  Hagley  is  based  on  when  the  ākonga  is  ready  to  be  assessed  and  although  this  is  not  possible  to  do  with  every  assessment  the  kaiako  manage  it  when  they  

can.  

Both%wellbeing%and%involvement%are%necessary%in%order%for%effec7ve%learning%to%take%place:%they%influence%the%engagement%of%learners%and,%therefore,%the%outcomes%of%their%learning.

The%most%profound%influences%on%involvement%are%the%rela7onships%teachers%have%with%their%students,%the%classroom%environment,%and%the%quality%of%the%experience%teachers%provide%for%their%students.

Op7mal%student%wellbeing%%is%a%sustainable%state,%characterised%by%predominantly%posi7ve%feelings%and%aCtude,%posi7ve%rela7onships%at%school,%resilience,%selfDop7mism%and%a%high%level%of%sa7sfac7on%with%learning%experiences.

INVOLVEMENT ENGAGEMENTWELLBEING + =

Page 13: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  11  

 

• The  brokerage  for  solutions  through  the  Hagley  support  network,  this  is  only  if  and  when  the  ākonga  are  open  to  looking  at  positive  solutions.  • To  make  students  aware  of  the  purpose  of  being  at  the  college  through  establishing  a  career/learning  pathway.  • To  explore  community  opportunities  to  show  how  education  leads  to  employment,  further  training  and  tertiary  education.  • To  consolidate  their  qualifications  and/or  transitioning  programmes  to  enable  them  to  move  on  to  a  meaningful  pathway  when  leaving  Hagley.  

3.  WELLBEING  FOR  LEARNING  Student  wellbeing  is  strongly  linked  to  learning.  Based  on  research  we  believe  that  a  student’s  level  of  wellbeing  at  school  is  indicated  by  their  satisfaction  with  life  at  school,  their  engagement  with  learning  and  their  social-­‐emotional  behaviour.  We  also  know  that  wellbeing  is  enhanced  when  evidence-­‐informed  practices  are  adopted  within  the  college  in  partnership  with  families  and  community.      Optimal  student  wellbeing  is  a  sustainable  state,  characterised  by  predominantly  positive  feelings  and  attitude,  positive  relationships  at  school,  resilience,  self-­‐optimism  and  a  high  level  of  satisfaction  with  learning  experiences  (Noble  et  al,  2008,  p.30).  Signals  of  wellbeing  are  also  described  by  Goldspink  (2009).  These  signals  include:  confidence  and  self-­‐esteem;  a  sense  of  self  identity;  vitality;  enjoyment  and  a  sense  of  humour;  the  ability  to  rest  and  relax;  social  initiative;  assertiveness;  coping  flexibly;  participation  and  co-­‐operation;  openness  and  receptivity;  pleasure  in  exploring;  optimism;  self-­‐direction;  responsibility;  and  persistence  /  robustness.    The  Education  Review  Office  (ERO)  has  identified  nine  key  concepts  synonymous  with  student  wellbeing  and  success.  These  following  nine  concepts  are  described  as  the  desired  outcomes  for  student  wellbeing  and  form  the  basis  for  reporting  on  student  wellbeing  within  the  college.  

1. Students  have  a  sense  of  belonging  and  connection  to  school,  to  Whānau,  to  friends  and  the  community  2. Students  experience  achievement  and  success    3. Students  are  resilient,  have  the  capacity  to  bounce  back  4. Students  are  socially  and  emotionally  competent,  are  socially  aware,  have  good  relationships  skills,  are  self-­‐confident,  are  able  to  lead,  self  manage  and  are  responsible  decision-­‐

makers  5. Students  are  physically  active  and  lead  healthy  lifestyles  6. Students  are  nurtured  and  cared  for  by  teachers  at  school,  have  adults  to  turn  to  who  grow  their  potential,  celebrate  their  successes,  discuss  options  and  work  through  problems  7. Students  feel  safe  and  secure  at  school,  relationships  are  valued  and  expectations  are  clear  8. Students  are  included,  involved,  engaged,  invited  to  participate  and  make  positive  contributions  9. Students  understand  their  place  in  the  world,  are  confident  in  their  identity  and  are  optimistic  about  the  future.  

 Parent  &  Community  Perspectives  on  Student  Wellbeing  

During  2013  the  college  sought  extensive  feedback  from  parents  and  the  wider  community  on  what  they  valued  about  Hagley  and  how  they  saw  Hagley  as  being  unique  and  different.  We  also  asked  them  to  tell  their  stories  about  the  influence  of  Hagley  on  their  lives.  The  college  received  over  2,100  pieces  of  feedback.  A  significant  portion  of  that  feedback  related  to  student  wellbeing.  Parents  and  the  community  said  invariably  with  one  voice  that:  

• Hagley  is  a  place  where  difference  is  celebrated  and  where  it  is  a  turangawaewae  for  students  to  be  themselves  and  to  stand  tall.  There  are  high  levels  of  mutual  respect  and  students  rate  very  highly  the  way  teachers  treat  them  as  adults  and  with  respect.  There  are  52  ethnicities  represented  within  the  college  and  while  there  are  many  cultures  within  the  school  our  culture  becomes  one  of  the  celebration  of  diversity.    

• The  college  is  student  centred  and  student  focused  with  a  strong  response  of  equality  and  equity  towards  people.  The  college  accepts  students  for  who  they  are  and  where  they  are  

Page 14: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  12  

 

in  the  education  journey.  First  names  are  used  in  all  communication  to  personalise  each  person’s  importance  and  acceptance  of  who  they  are.  The  college  has  no  uniform  or  bells  with  a  total  commitment  on  what  is  important  around  each  student’s  learning.  There  is  a  culture  of  openness  where  students  are  listened  to  and  a  culture  of  flexibility  and  innovation  to  meet  student  need.  

• Hagley  Community  College  is  a  vibrant  diverse  community  of  race,  educational  and  socio-­‐economic  background,  gender  orientation  and  age.  It  is  a  safe  and  thriving  environment  for  many  races,  ages,  cultures  and  beliefs.  Difference  is  valued  and  brought  together  with  an  holistic  and  cohesive  approach.  Over  52  nationalities  are  represented  in  the  college  with  Hagley  being  recognised  with  NZ  National  Diversity  Awards  in  2010  and  2014  for  its  outstanding  contribution  to  the  NZ  Diversity  Action  Programme.    

 • The  college  encourages  and  actively  participates  with  students  with  a  diversity  of  needs  such  as  mental  health  issues,  learning  skills  deficits  and  poor  educational  experiences.  

Students  prize  being  recognised  as  individual  people  and  having  the  opportunity  to  learn  in  a  variety  of  settings  and  within  a  range  of  innovative  learning  models.  The  college  engenders  an  inclusive  practice  and  an  atmosphere  that  everyone  belongs.  One  teacher’s  feedback  said:  “When  people  ask  me  what  I  love  about  my  job  here  I  tell  them  about  Pagen  and  Maryam  when  they  were  in  Year  9.  Maryam  is  a  muslim  student  and  attending  Hagley  dressed  in  her  full  hijab.  Pagen  arrived  at  school  in  a  corset,  mini  skirt  and  fishnet  stockings.  Both  these  girls  struck  up  a  friendship.  Only  at  Hagley  could  I  walk  down  a  hallway  and  be  passed  by  a  pair  of  gossiping  girls  who  looked  so  unlikely  to  be  seen  together.”  A  Hagley  student  said:  “Everyone  respects  one  another  for  who  they  are.  Nobody  is  alienated  from  anybody  else  and  everyone  is  equal”.  

• The  college  is  very  student  centric  with  teacher  delivery  personlised  to  student  need  with  wraparound  services  and  support  to  assist  and  encourage  students  to  build  their  resilience  and  capacity  for  independent  study  and  ongoing  engagement  in  learning.  One  parent  commented  in  their  feedback:  “Hagley  is  extremely  adaptable  in  accommodating  and  responding  to  student  needs  through  individual  programmes,  part-­‐time  work,  special  timetables  and  one-­‐on-­‐one  support.  An  amazing  place.”  

 

 

4.  INVOLVEMENT  IN  LEARNING  

Wellbeing  is  a  holistic  subjective  state  which  is  present  when  a  range  of  feelings,  among  them  energy,  confidence,  openness,  enjoyment,  happiness,  calm  and  caring,  are  combined  and  balanced  (Stewart-­‐Brown  in  Roberts,  2005).    Recent  research  in  brain  theory  recognises  that  deeper  learning  occurs  when  young  people  (ākonga)  are  provided  with  experiences  and  environments  which  encourage  active  involvement  with  their  learning  so  they  are  invited  and  supported  to  explore,  negotiate  meanings,  and  transform  their  learning.  The  most  profound  influences  in  involvement  are  the  relationships  teachers  have  with  their  students,  the  classroom  environment  and  the  quality  of  the  experience  teachers  (kaiako)  provide  for  their  students.    At  Hagley  the  teacher  as  inquiry,  Window  into  Practice  and  the  Good  Practice  teacher  model  has  grown  a  common  language  among  Kaiako  to  enable  Student  Voice  and  Whānau  engagement.    The  teacher  as  Inquiry  is  an  intentional  collection  and  use  of  students’  thinking  and  feedback  of  their  learning  and  using  these  voices  to  inform  and  improve  teaching,  learning  and  school  wide  decision-­‐making.    In  2014  the  inquiries  showed  that  to  raise  student  achievement  and  involvement  kaiako  at  Hagley  need  to  deliberately  teach  literacy  skills  to  ensure  all  ākonga  can  understand  the  work  and  tasks  that  are  given  to  them.  This  common  language  enables  student  surveys  to  be  carried  out  and  kaiako  become  more  familiar  with  the  learning  needs  of  their  ākonga.        Discovering  the  learning  needs  the  teacher  is  able  to  personalise  their  teaching  and  allow  for  a  more  receptive  ākonga  thus  increasing  achievement,  confidence  and  growing  self-­‐esteem  in  them.      Through  Learning  to  Learn  the  year  9  students  are  asked  “what  is  an  effective  learner?”  and  this  inspires  akonga  to  see  how  they  can  be  more  involved  in  their  learning.    The  College  allows  more  student  negotiation  and  feedback  in  the  senior  school  where  the  programmes  are  created  to  incorporate  more  student  input.  The  Hagley  culture  of  respect;  of  place  and  people  means  students  naturally  enjoy  their  learning  and  this  increases  their  persistence,  concentration,  energy  (goes  into  learning  and  not  into  poor  behaviour),  precision  and  satisfaction.    Parents  of  students  at  Hagley  say  things  like:  ”I  am  thrilled  with  my  son’s  progression  and  the  standard  of  the  performing  arts  offered  is  very  professional  and  high.    A  visitor  just  recently  said  she  asked  some  students  where  she  could  find  Ros  Jackson  and  they  were  very  polite  and  well  mannered  and  offered  to  take  her  to  the  Café  where  they  had  seen  Ros.    Hagley  promotes  

Page 15: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  13  

 

involvement  through  its  culture  of  teachers  as  one  student  said  “I  love  the  teachers  because  they  treat  me  as  an  equal  and  don’t  talk  down  to  me”.    Many  ākonga  come  back  into  the  College  as  second  chance  learners  and  have  a  determination  to  succeed  and  be  involved.    The  development  of  three  profound  influences  on  ākonga  involvement  in  learning  that  include:  firstly,  authentic  relationships  and  the  building  of  teachers  becoming  a  significant  adult  in  the  lives  of  their  students.  This  includes  the  college’s  classroom  teachers,  Vocational  Pathways  mentor,  Māori  mentor,  EOTC,  Learning  Support  kaiako,  Junior  College  the  digital  framework  to  access  kaiako  and  the  pastoral  team  (deans,  guidance  and  Careers  team).    Secondly  the  classroom  environment  (see  the  Curriculum  Design  portfolio)  and  lastly  the  quality  of  the  experiences  teachers  provide  for  their  ākonga.  

Authentic  Relationships  Built  By  Kaiako    1.  Good  Teacher  Practice  Model-­‐all  classroom  kaiako  use  this  model  at  Hagley  

At  the  foundation  of  the  Good  Practice  Teaching  Model  is  the  ability  to  generate  and  sustain  an  authentic  relationship  with  students  through  commitment  to  students  and  a  belief  in  the  power  of  high  expectations.  The  students’  survey  indicates  that  authentic  relationships  have  been  established  and  are  working  at  Hagley  Community  College.  The  students  indicate  that  their  learning  is  meeting  their  expectations  by  98%  and  therefore  teachers  are  creating  a  supportive  learning  environment.  As  you  move  around  the  College  classrooms  there  is  evidence  of  teachers  working  to  make  their  classrooms  inclusive,  and  environments  that  support  and  encourage  learning.  This  teacher  practice  helps  create  an  authentic  relationship  for  students  in  the  classroom.    See  also  the  ‘Subject  Reviews  –  Best  Practice  in  Teaching,  Learning  and  Assessment’.    2.  The  Mentor  Model  2014  at  Hagley  Community  College  Vocational  Pathways  mentor.    Stage  1:  Breaking  down  the  barriers  

• The  first  was  to  build  a  trusting  relationship  with  the  student/  ākonga.  • The  second  aspect  of  breaking  down  barriers  was  to  encourage  students  to  feel  they  could  continue  on  to  further  education.  

 Stage  2:  Explore  the  key  competencies  with  the  students/ākonga    

The  key  competencies  required  of  students  are:    • have  an  awareness  of  self  and  be  able  to  manage    their  lives,  learning    and  future    aspirations  • using  language  symbols  and  texts  to  communicate  effectively  and  understand  experiences  through  information  from  oral,  written,  graphical,  non-­‐verbal,  scientific  and  

mathematical  forms.    • Thinking  about  about  your  thinking,  creating  good  questions  to  discover  more  about  learning.  • Relating  to  others  ,  listening  well,  understand  and  be  aware  of  the  needs  and  feelings  of  others,  communicate  and  connect  with  others  so  you  can  have  a  shared  

understanding.  • Participating  and  contributing,  contribute  to  and  value  society,  our  bi-­‐cultural  NZ  and  groups  within  NZ  and  globally.    Understand  your  rights  and  responsibilities  and  find  a  

good  balance  between  them.    Mentor  as  broker  

Page 16: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  14  

 

• assisting  a  student  to  re-­‐engage  with  a  teacher  after  missing  a  number  of  classes.  • Encouraging  ākonga  to  start  thinking  about  a  robust  learning  pathway.  

 It  was  also  essential  that  the  mentor  asked  the  important  questions.  

• Have  you  thought  about  what  you  want  to  do  when  you  leave  school?  • How  confident  are  you  with  this  choice/getting  information?  • Why  are  you  here?  Parents?  Gain  credits?  Friends?  • What  are  your  interests?  • How  sure  are  you  that  this  is  the  right  pathway  for  you?    • Are  you  taking  the  right  courses?  • How  do  you  rate  yourself?  Strengths/weaknesses.  

 Stage  3:  What  career  options  are  available?  This  explores  the  career  management  competencies  with  the  students  (Term  2).    The  career  competencies  required  of  students  are  to:  

• have  an  awareness  of  self  and  be  able  to  apply  this  to  their  lives  and  aspirations    

         

• understand  the  role  of  life-­‐long  learning  • make  informed  choices  about  next  steps  • be  adaptable  and  responsive  to  change.  

Having  a  conversation  with  the  mentor/dean  first  and  then  meeting  the  career  advisor  meant  the  students  felt  more  confident  to  talk  about  their  career  options.    Stage  4:  Giving  the  student  a  purpose  

A  different  level  of  purpose/confidence  to  pick  a  course  the  student  can  go  to  and  achieve  success  by  encouraging  the  students  to  experience  the  following:  Career  Expo,  Give  it  a  Go  Day  at  CPIT  June  2013,  Career  bus,  Career  Advisor,  Gateway  placement,  Learning  Skills,  Full  On  “Making  it  Happen”  –  this  was  a  day  for  Year  12  and  13  students  to  gain  ideas  about  how  to  make  it  happen  for  them,  STAR  courses,  Employment  Skills,  and  Launch  Pad.    

Stage  5:  Collecting  the  data    Data  is  collected  to  show  how  effective  having  a  mentor  has  been.  Question:  When  the  students  are  being  re-­‐enrolled  are  the  students  better  prepared,  have  an  identified  pathway,  and  have  better  skills  for  decision-­‐making?  

 Stage  6:  Credit  management  

How  many  credits  do  the  students  have  toward  their  NCEA  Level  2  certificate?  Look  at  tracking  the  students  close  to  gaining  Level  2  and  3.  

  2014  School  Leavers  from  the  Vocational  Pathway  Students  Mentored  by  Kim  Swann  

NCEA  Level   University   Polytechnic   Returning  to  Hagley/HALC   Employment  /Unemployed   Private  provider  3  (62)   2   3   13/3   35/2(waiting  for  VISA)   4  2(63)   0   5   45/0   9   4  

Page 17: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  15  

 

Stage  7:  Evaluation  of  the  mentoring  programme  To  interview  a  random  selection  of  ākonga/students  who  have  had  a  mentor.  Map  the  pathways  of  the  ākonga/  students  i.e.  what  study  or  work  option  they  will  be  continuing  with  in  the  following  year.      

The  following  is  a  list  of  factors  that  connect  with  the  wellbeing  of  the  student  and  meld  into  the  model  that  the  College  has  been  working  into.  • Students  have  a  real  sense  of  belonging  and  connection  to  the  College-­‐the  students  felt  important  when  Kim  rang  them  before  they  started  the  year  to  talk  over  their  course  and  

make  sure  they  had  chosen  the  right  course  for  2014.  • Students  experience  achievement  and  success  –  the  2014  figures  show  a  marked  improvement  in  NCEA  Level  2  and  3  certificates  gained  by  Hagley  students.  See  the  analysis  of  

variance  in  the  College  Effectiveness  report.  • Students  are  resilient  –  Kim  noticed  an  improved  attitude  to  stress  and  pressures  when  they  were  able  to  talk  to  Kim  about  what  was  causing  them  stress.  • Students  are  socially  and  emotionally  competent  –  the  students  Kim  dealt  with  grew  in  confidence  as  the  year  went  on.  The  students  improved  in  the  career  competencies  and  were  

happy  to  ask  for  career  planning  assistance  from  Kim  or  the  Career’s  team.  • Students  are  nurtured  and  cared  for  by  teachers  at  the  College.  Kim  was  able  to  work  with  the  students  to  celebrate  their  successes,  discuss  options  and  work  through  problems.    At  

the  beginning  of  this  year  Kim  intervened  before  students  had  even  started  school  and  gave  them  the  confidence  to  change  courses  before  school  began.  • Students  feel  safe  and  secure  at  the  College  –  Kim  was  able  to  broker  discussions  with  teachers  when  the  students  found  these  hard  to  do.  This  enabled  students  and  lead  to  

improvement  in  their  learning.  • Students  are  included,  involved,  and  engaged  –  many  of  the  students  appreciated  the  padlet  page  Kim  set  up  to  show  the  students  how  they  could  plan  their  career  pathways  and  

make  use  of  opportunities  that  arose  at  Hagley  such  as  STAR,  Gateway  and  career  focus  days.      • Students  understand  their  place  in  the  world,  are  confident  in  their  identity  and  are  optimistic  about  their  future  –  many  students  Kim  worked  with  were  uncertain  of  their  purpose  

for  being  at  Hagley.  Kim  encouraged  students  to  investigate  their  pathways  and  most  found  a  future  possibility  that  either  kept  them  at  Hagley,  helped  them  find  another  tertiary  programme  or  explored  a  work  option.  

 All  of  this  work  was  completed  with  the  support  of  the  College’s  dynamic  Careers  team  who  produced  up-­‐to-­‐date  accessible  information  and  resources  and  made  themselves  available  for  career  guidance  and  assistance  to  produce      a  career/learning  pathway  that  suited  the  students.    One  of  the  most  marked  changes  in  the  promotion  of  the  VP  mentor’s  work  means  that  students  move  from  a  dependent  student  to  one  where  the  student  accepts  responsibility  for  a  successful  transition  within  the  College  and  from  education  to  employment  or  further  training.  This  fits  in  with  the  MOE’s  ART  focus.  45  of  the  students  mentored  in  Level  2  returned  to  Hagley  in  2015  to  finish  Level  2  or  progress  to  Level  3.  

 3.  Māori  Mentor  Model  at  Hagley  community  College  Identifying  and  naming  the  Māori  ākonga  

• Profiling  year  9-­‐13  Māori  adolescent  ākonga  at  Hagley  Community  College.    Each  ākonga  will  have  a  mentor  from  the  College’s  Whānau  team.  • Providing  a  quality  assessment  and  referral  service,  gather  and  record  relevant  information  and  place  it  on  KAMAR.  

 Assisting  ākonga  to  overcome  barriers  to  learning  

• Brokering  for  ākonga  who  may  be  on  the  wrong  course  or  need  assistance  to  talk  to  classroom  kaiako.  • Monitor  ākonga  to  ensure  positive  and  sustainable  outcomes.  

Page 18: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  16  

 

• Communicating  with  whānau  if  support  from  home  is  needed  • Encouraging  ākonga  to  meet  other  Māori  ākonga.    This  to  be  done  by  calling  hui  for  ākonga,  inviting  Whānau  in  to  hui.  • To  liaise  with    te  reo  teacher  to  support    the  correspondence  ākonga.  • Show  interest  in  the  work  created  by  ākonga  and  celebrate  and  share  it  with  other  kaiako.  • Encouraging  goal  setting.  

 Providing  guidance  for  career  planning  and  transitions  

• Career  profiling  of  all  year  9-­‐13  Māori  ākonga  • Assisting  with  time  management  and  decision  making  skills  • Offering  experience  to  try  work  placements,  hot  seats,  work  inspiration,  STAR  courses  and  GATEWAY  opportunities  • Liaison  with  universities,  polytechnics,  private  providers  and  employers  to  find  suitable  career  pathways.  • Identify  scholarship  sites  and  financial  support  for  course  fees.  

 Whānau    involvement  and  partnership  within  the  College.  

• To  arrange  with  support  from  the  Hagley  Whānau  team  a  hui  for  Whānau  as  resources  allow  –to  provide  information  and  materials  that  enable  parents  to  assist  their  tamariki  in  learning.    Celebrating  ākonga  success  through  Whānau  hui.  

• To  organize  the  kaiako  from  the  Whānau  team  to  mentor  a  group  of  ākonga  that  they  teach.  • Transition  plan  for  ākonga  to  be  discussed  with  ākonga  and  Whānau.  

 4.  Learning  Support  team  The  College  has  developed  a  range  of  strategies  that  it  is  implementing  ranging  from  diagnostic  assessment  of  students  across  both  learning  and  social  factors,  class  profiling  based  on  individual  assessments,  collecting  background  on  students  that  includes  medical,  learning  and  social  factors,  interviewing  students  and  caregivers,  careful  placement  of  students  into  learning  programmes  based  on  their  personal  needs,  and  developing  authentic  relationships  with  students  to  show  that  teachers  care  and  are  interested  in  them.        ERO  says  “learning  support  is  integrated  and  well-­‐targeted  to  promote  learning  for  individuals  and  groups  including  students  who  do  not  have  English  as  their  first  language  and  adult  learners”.  By  understanding  (knowing)  the  student,  teachers  can  assist  the  students  to  become  more  confident  and  independent  in  their  work  and  thus  become  more  effective  learners.  As  students  mature,  they  can  be  increasingly  encouraged  to  develop  these  ‘learning  to  learn’  skills.    We  have  found  at  Hagley  that  in  most  circumstances,  good  progress  can  be  made  if  teachers  start  small,  with  a  very  specific  focus.  For  example,  to  begin  with,  teachers  at  Hagley  will  often:  

• concentrate  on  a  particular  learning  skills,  for  example  organising  information  • model  for  pupils  how  a  particular  skill  is  carried  out  • select  exercises  carefully  often  with  the  assistance  of  the  literacy  kaiako.  • match  learning  intentions,  that  is  “what  does  the  teacher  want  the  students    to  know  or  do  by  the  end  of  the  lesson?”  • use  the  literacy  support  team  to  offer  assistance  If  students  experience  a  learning  difficulty  to  ensure  that  pupils  experience  success.        • give  good  examples  and  clear  success  criteria  • monitor  individuals  and  the  whole  class  and  deal  with  difficulties.  • provide  positive  constructive  feedback  and  feed  forward,  ask  good  questions  to  teach  ākonga  to  be  critical  thinkers.    

Page 19: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  17  

 

The  aim  is  to  develop  and  foster  new  habits  in  students  so  that  expectations  can  be  incrementally  increased.  This  is  evidenced  through  kaiako:  setting  challenging  tasks  for  the  whole  class  and  building  in  the  necessary  support,  working  with  a  whole  class  to  work  collaboratively  through  the  stages  of  solving  a  problem,  gradually  reducing  the  support  they  provide,  focusing  particularly  on  understanding  problems  and  planning  the  solutions,  including  short  spells  of  carefully  structured  paired  or  small-­‐group  work,  expecting  students  to  share,  comment  on  and  evaluate  each  other’s  work,  developing  thinking  skills  by  raising  questions  about  ways  of  working  and  encouraging  reflection  on  strategies  for  learning.  See  the  Learning  Support  report  for  data  on  their  ākonga  success.    5.  The  Junior  College  Year  9  and  10  Graduating  College  To  support  the  wellbeing  of  ākonga  the  Junior  College  issues  to  all  students  a  Student  Diary.    This  is  used  daily  and  is  assessed  by  the  tutor  for  credit  distribution  to  enhance  student  use  of  the  diary.    It  has  a  lot  of  valuable  information  to  allow  students  to  manage  themselves  but  also  has  reference  to  emotional  wellbeing.    It  explains  what  wellbeing  is  and  how  students  can  build  their  wellbeing  bank.    It  talks  about  steps  to  shine  as  a  person  through  reflection,  mindfulness  and  signature  strengths.    It  looks  at  personal  wellbeing,  relationship  building,  establishing  purpose  for  their  own  learning  (career  pathways)  and  key  competencies  for  living.    It  is  used  through  the  peer  support  and  tutoring  programmes  in  the  junior  College.    This  is  an  excellent  tool  to  encourage  emotional  engagement  in  the  juniors.    6.  A  Digital  Framework  For  Student  Access  The  following  features  of  organisational  framework  has  enabled  Hagley  student  to  be  engaged  and  successful  in  their  learning:  

• 24/7  access  to  their  work  using  Office  365.  • The  opportunity  to  share  work  with  home/school/peers.    This  allows  Whānau  to  become  partners  in  learning.    A  good  example  of  this  is  the  year  11    science  class  that  co-­‐constructed  

their  science  programme  for  the  year  and  through  office  365  parents  were  able  to  have  access  to  what  their  tamariki  were  learning.    Parents  commented  that  it  was  the  first  time  they  had  meaningful  conversations  about  science  with  their  tamariki.  

• Daily  notices  are  communicated  through  the  log-­‐in  and  this  gives  ākonga  acess  and  better  information  about  their  interests  in  clubs  and  sport.    This  creates  a  culture  of  information  that  enables  students  to  become  involved.    They  know  about  the  services,  clubs  and  sports  activities  that  are  offered.      

 In  2015  the  Director  of  Student  Engagement  has  asked  the  Director  of  ICT  to  run  a  wellbeing  software  program  that  can  gauge  student  wellbeing  and  then  provide  an  intervention  if  it  is  necessary.    Read  the  ICT  report  for  an  expanded  report  of  student  access.    7.  Education  Outside  the  Classroom  Opportunities  for  learning  and  being  involved  abound  when  ākonga  experience  learning  outside  the  classroom.    Ākonga  experience  and  face  new  challenges  when  they  are  shared  with  qualified  and  enthusiastic  kaiako.    Ākonga  aften  state  that  they  enjoy  the  relationships  built  outside  the  classroom  and  get  to  know  kaiako  in  a  new  and  more  relaxed  manner.    Learning  

Page 20: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  18  

 

becomes  enriched  and  ākonga  more  involved,  connected,  communicative  and  collaborative.      Some  subjects  lend  themselves  to  EOTC  activities  and  it  is  seen  that  ESOL,  Outdoor  Education/PE,  Science  and  Social  Science,  as  well  as  Targeted  Learning  are  the  areas  that  take  advantage  of  EOTC  experiences  the  most.  Through  the  EOTC  experience,  content  becomes  conceptual  rather  than  particular,  the  process  becomes  a  constructive  inquiry  instead  of  passive  reception  and  the  social  climate  becomes  expansive  not  restrictive.    Students  are  involved  and  energetic.  

5.  IMPACT  ON  ENGAGEMENT  &  ACHIEVEMENT  The  college’s  intent  and  practice  is  to  re-­‐engage  students,  who  have  experienced  barriers  to  their  engagement  in  learning,  in  meaningful  and  successful  learning  so  that  we  can  inspire  their  futures  and  transform  their  lives.  We  see  ourselves,  both  in  intent  and  practice,  as  a  regional  educational  hub  to  enable  the  re-­‐engagement  of  three  key  groups  of  students  back  into  learning  and  to  advance  their  learning  through  effective  pathways  and  transitions  by  building  their  qualifications  and  achievement.  These  three  groups  of  students  are:  disengaged  and  disengaging  post-­‐compulsory  aged  students;  those  students  that  have  not  gained  the  NCEA  achievement  they  wanted  or  aspired  to  in  their  previous  school  setting;  and  those  students  who  are  struggling  to  find  ways  of  re-­‐engaging  with  education  that  is  appropriate  to  their  needs  and  circumstances,  many  of  whom  have  learning  skill  deficits.  

 

   

In  addressing  the  impact  of  this  portfolio  on  overall  student  engagement  and  achievement  there  are  two  ways  we  would  like  to  reflect  this  impact.  The  first  is  to  explore  some  personal  stories  of  students  who  have  been  recaptured  back  into  learning  and  have  achieved.  There  are  four  stories,  each  one  is  unique  but  equally  as  powerful  in  showing  how  education  transforms  lives.  The  second  way  we  would  like  to  reflect  achievement  is  to  look  at  the  overall  achievement  of  Hagley  students  in  NCEA  L2  and  NCEA  L3  as  a  measure  of  the  value  the  government  gains  from  their  investment  into  Hagley  College.    

A.  Student  Stories  of  Re-­‐Engagement  &  Success  

 Rebecca  Lennie’s  Story  “As  an  adult  Film  and  History  student  doing  my  third  year  at  Hagley,  what  I’ve  found  most  valuable  about  the  school  is  the  relationships  I’ve  developed.  I  love  how  my  teachers  treat  me  as  an  equal  and  take  real  interest  in  me;  not  just  as  a  student,  but  also  as  a  person.  My  teachers  are  all  extremely  passionate  about  their  fields,  and  what  I’ve  learnt  from  them  is  invaluable.  They’ve  really  taken  seriously  what’s  important  to  me,  and  made  it  important  to  them.    My  initial  experience  at  secondary  school  as  a  teenager  was  extremely  negative;  full  of  social  difficulties,  bullying,  exclusion  and  isolation.  I  left  school  at  16  years  old,  disillusioned  and  with  very  negative  connotations  towards  all  schools,  never  wanting  anything  to  do  with  education  again.  It  took  a  long  time  and  a  lot  of  gentle  persuasion  for  me  to  consider  returning  to  study  as  an  adult.    The  fact  that  Hagley  caters  for  students  of  all  ages  has  been  extremely  beneficial  for  me,  and  I’m  now  getting  my  'second  chance'  at  school;  only  this  time  the  experience  has  been  positive,  and  

Disengagement

Disengaged)and)disengaging)post)compulsory)aged)students)with)low)or)no)qualifica7ons

Limited Aspirations

Lack)of)achievement)that)students)wanted)or)aspired)to)in)their)previous)school)se<ng

Blocks to Re-Engagement

students)who)are)struggling)to)re=engage)with)educa7on)that)is)appropriate)to)their)needs.

Page 21: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  19  

 

restored  my  confidence  in  myself.  Staff  and  other  students  are  warm  and  caring,  making  a  very  pleasant  environment.  The  school-­‐age  students  in  my  classes  are  friendly  and  inclusive  of  me,  and  are  not  put  off  by  the  fact  I’m  twice  the  age  of  many  of  them;  they  treat  me  as  if  I’m  one  of  them.  I  have  established  some  meaningful  friendships,  and  overall  feel  less  isolated  -­‐  coping  with  depression,  anxiety  and  social  incompetence  that  I  have  lived  with  for  most  of  my  life  can  be  very  isolating.  Hagley  is  a  unique  place  where  any  student  will  be  met  where  they  are  at,  wherever  that  may  be;  a  place  where  anyone  can  belong.”  -­‐  Rebecca  Lennie    Rebecca  Lennie  is  a  Year  13  adult  student  studying  part-­‐time  who  has  gained  her  NCEA  Level  2  and  is  continuing  to  build  her  qualifications.  Hagley  interacts  with  hundreds  of  ‘Rebeccas’  every  year.    Hannah  Louise  Heslop’s  Story  This  story  was  taken  from  the  Christchurch  Press,  October  16  2013.    Hannah  Louise  Heslop  used  to  hate  school.  The  20  year  old  Fashion  Design  student  says  it  was  an  ongoing  struggle  during  her  teenage  years.  “Because  I  have  a  learning  disorder,  written  work  has  always  been  difficult  and  I  never  really  enjoyed  it  that  much,”  she  says.  “I  wanted  to  do  something  a  bit  more  creative  and  my  mum  thought  Hagley  would  be  a  good  idea.”  It  turns  out  Mum  was  right.  Heslop  joined  Hagley  College  at  15,  taking  regular  course  requirements  as  well  as  classes  in  the  School  of  Fashion.  Though  she  still  struggled  with  the  written  work,  Heslop  says  being  in  a  different  learning  environment  where  she  could  focus  on  her  strengths  proved  to  be  just  what  she  needed.  “I  loved  it,”  she  says.  “We  had  so  many  different  classes  and  learned  so  many  different  skills,  and  there  was  always  a  lot  of  support.”  That  support  helped  her  gain  a  place  in  the  Fashion  programme  at  Otago  Polytechnic  in  Dunedin,  where  Heslop  is  now  studying  and  further  developing  her  designs,  which  have  a  strong  focus  on  ball  garments.  This  year  (2013)  she  received  the  Young  Designer  Award,  as  well  as  being  named  runner-­‐up  in  the  Ball  category  at  the  Hokonui  Fashion  Awards  in  Gore,  earning  high  praise  from  the  judges  such  as  Elizabeth  Findlay  of  Zambesi.  In  November  she’s  heading  to  Shanghai  to  showcase  her  designs  as  part  of  the  Otago  course,  which  she  is  close  to  completing.  After  that,  Heslop  hopes  to  gain  industry  experience  before  starting  up  her  own  label.    As  a  student  that  ‘used  to  hate  school’  Hannah  overcame  learning  difficulties  and  could  immerse  herself  in  her  passion  for  fashion  design  at  Hagley.  She  gained  her  NCEA  Level  3  and  is  now  completing  her  degree  at  Otago  Polytechnic  with  fashion  shows  of  her  work  in  Shanghai,  China.  This  is  another  one  of  the  hundreds  of  personal  transformational  stories  that  Hagley  inspires.    Zhiyan  Basharati’s  Story  I  am  originally  from  Kurdistan  but  have  lived  in  New  Zealand  for  the  past  13  years.  I  was  born  in  a  refugee  camp  called  Al-­‐Tash  camp,  near  Ramadi  in  central  Iraq.  As  a  refugee  background  student  it  was  a  struggle  for  me  to  go  through  high  school  because  English  was  my  fourth  language.  In  Christchurch  we  are  very  privileged  to  have  the  Hagley  Community  College  Refugee  Programmes  to  support  us  in  our  difficult  journey  throughout  high  school.    Since  I  was  11  years  of  age,  I  had  attended  the  Multi-­‐ethnic  Homework  and  Study  Support  Centre,  which  catered  for  refugee  background  students  from  Year  1-­‐13.  At  the  centre,  we  received  academic  support  from  specialist  teachers  in  subjects  like  Mathematics,  Accounting,  Physics,  English,  Biology  and  Chemistry.  I  got  a  lot  of  guidance  from  the  teachers  on  how  best  to  write  the  assessments  and  projects  given  by  my  school.  The  teachers  there  were  caring  and  consistently  encouraged  us.  I  was  motivated  to  come  to  the  Homework  Centre  because  I  knew  they  would  be  there  for  me  and  help  to  clarify  any  questions  I  had  in  my  subjects.  My  siblings  and  I  were  very  fortunate  to  have  the  Homework  Centre  to  support  us  as  it  was  very  hard  to  get  help  in  our  studies  at  home  as  English  was  not  our  parents’  first  language.    The  support  I  had  received  at  the  Homework  Centre  prepared  me  for  university.  In  2011  I  gained  a  double  major  in  Psychology  and  Economics  from  the  University  of  Otago  and  in  2012  I  received  my  Honours  degree  in  Psychology  from  University  of  Canterbury.  Currently  I  am  doing  my  PhD  in  Forensic  Psychology  at  University  of  Canterbury.  I  am  a  part-­‐time  teaching  assistant  at  the  University  of  Canterbury  where  I  teach  Honours  and  third  year  Psychology  students.      

Page 22: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  20  

 

Now  I  am  very  happy  to  have  returned  to  the  Homework  Centre  as  a  Bilingual  Liaison  Officer  where  not  only  do  I  encourage  other  refugee  students  and  families  in  the  community  to  engage  in  education,  I  also  contribute  my  skills  to  help  mentor  the  younger  refugee  students  at  the  Homework  Centre.    I  am  a  determined  student  who  will  take  any  opportunity  that  this  life  has  to  offer  to  gain  a  great  education,  which  will  be  the  door  to  my  future  success.    A  favourite  quote  of  mine  by  Barack  Obama,  “You  read  about  some  injustice  and  you  say  that's  not  right  someone  should  fix  that  and  you  realise  no  one  is  going  to  do  that  unless  you  do  it”,  is  a  quote  I  live  by  because  I  have  seen  and  lived  in  two  different  worlds;  one  surrounded  by  war  and  one  with  great  opportunities.  Through  the  qualification  I  will  receive,  I  hope  to  influence  policies  with  the  research  I  intend  to  take  as  a  future  academic.        Zhiyan  Basharati’s  story  is  truly  transformational.  It  provides  an  insight  into  the  world  that  Hagley  creates  for  students  and  gives  life  and  meaning  to  our  purpose  of  inspiring  students’  futures  and  transforming  their  lives.    Joseph  Maugaotega’s  Story  –  Christchurch  Press  10  November  2014  Joseph  Maugaotega  has  done  his  first  adult  workplace  training  with  Hornby-­‐based  B&D  Doors  and  it  has  given  him  the  confidence  to  move  out  of  the  family  home  and  go  flatting  for  the  first  time.  This  is  Joseph’s  first  formal  qualification  and  his  first  national  certificate.  It  is  an  achievement  that  is  opening  doors  for  him.  

On  October  31  he  accepted  a  certificate  in  core  manufacturing  and  confirmed  to  his  workmates  what  27  months  of  job  education  can  do  for  a  person.  He  was  one  of  23  B&D  Doors  employees  in  Hornby  who  had  graduated  with  help  from  industry  training  organisation  Competenz  and  onsite  training  from  the  Hagley  Adult  Literacy  Centre  at  Hagley  Community  College.  Many  of  the  graduates,  including  Joseph,  had  left  school  early,  so  this  was  their  first  and  only  qualification.  With  an  average  employee  age  of  46  and  most  of  B&D's  learners  having  not  been  in  the  education  system  for  more  than  30  years,  the  first  12  months  of  their  course  was  about  improving  numeracy  and  literacy  skills.  The  value  of  the  training  has  evidently  gone  deeper.  Joseph  Maugaotega  gave  his  colleagues  a  moving  graduation  speech  with  the  confidence  of  a  man  who  had  left  his  family  home  and  gone  flatting  for  the  first  time  since  doing  the  training.  B&D  Doors  New  Zealand  operations  manager  Paul  Dryden  said  he  initiated  the  course  in  response  to  the  earthquakes,  which  wrecked  the  company's  factory  in  Wickham  Street,  Bromley.  Demoralised  staff  quitting  the  business  could  have  easily  sunk  it  but  the  training  gave  them  a  boost  -­‐  and  a  meaningful  and  recognised  qualification  for  

the  manufacturing  industry,  Dryden  said.  Employees  Patrick  Lewis  and  Mike  Kavanagh  said  the  training  seemed  daunting  at  first  but  it  had  made  a  difference  to  their  work  skills  and  extended  into  family  life.  12  B&D  staff  gained  National  Certificates  of  Core  Manufacturing  while  11  completed  National  Certificates  of  Competitive  Manufacturing  at  Level  2  thanks  to  the  work  of  the  Hagley  Adult  Literacy  Centre  at  Hagley  Community  College.    These  outreach  learning  programmes  that  are  extended  out  into  the  wider  community  are  having  a  significant  impact  on  people’s  self  worth,  skills,  and  productivity  through  their  gaining  of  formal  qualifications  for  the  first  time  in  their  lives;  an  inspirational  story  with  a  difference.  

Page 23: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  21  

 

B.  Re-­‐Engaging  Students  &  Adding  Value  To  The  Greater  Christchurch  Network  

It  must  be  remembered  that  Hagley  College  is  dealing  with  a  student  population  that  predominantly  makes  up  the  30  –  35%  of  students  in  Canterbury  who  are  not  achieving  or  progressing  with  their  learning  most  of  whom  are  experiencing  barriers  to  their  engagement  in  learning.  Is  Hagley  making  a  difference  to  these  disadvantaged  and  disenfranchised  students’  achievement.    The  College  is  using  a  new  set  of  benchmarking  analyses  called  ‘Qualification  Achievement  Return  on  Government  Investment’  that  enables  comparison  between  schools  while  alleviating  differences  that  exist  between  schools.  To  be  able  to  get  this  meaningful  comparison  the  College  is  analysing  achievement  performance  against  government  investment.  As  this  is  a  new  set  of  benchmarking  data  and  analysis  a  rationale  for  this  approach  is  provided.  With  any  achievement  data,  difficulties  arise  when  data  is  placed  in  the  public  domain.  Hagley  Community  College  strongly  believes  it  must  be  in  the  public  domain  for  transparency  and  accountability  but  where  it  is  used  for  comparative  purposes  it  must  be  simple,  clear  and  meaningful.  Currently  the  data  from  the  Ministry  of  Education  uses  a  ‘one  size  fits  all’  approach  and  therefore  has  the  potential  to  be  manipulated  to  create  information  that  is  not  helpful  and  at  times  misleading  and  untrue.  A  good  example  of  this  is  the  use  of  FTE  student  data  and  student  numbers  data,  which  are  often  used  synonymously  and  interchangeably  but  which  provide  different  outcomes.    Parents  want  to  know  if  their  school  is  doing  well  and  how  well  it  is  doing  in  relation  to  other  schools.  The  government  wants  the  same  thing,  although  the  language  may  be  expressed  in  a  different  way.  For  the  government,  they  want  to  make  sure  that  the  financial  investment  they  make  into  a  school  provides  the  best  return  in  terms  of  student  qualification  achievement.  In  the  most  simple  terms  this  can  be  expressed  as:  “What  do  we  get  out  of  each  secondary  school  as  qualification  achievement  in  relation  to  the  cost  of  our  investment?”  The  government  has  made  it  very  clear  what  their  expected  outcomes  are  for  students  at  secondary  school  –  NCEA  Level  2  and  NCEA  Level  3+.  We  also  know  how  schools  are  funded:  each  full-­‐time  equivalent  (FTE)  student  generates  funding  (staffing  and  operational  funding).  The  formula  is  therefore  very  straightforward.  It  is  the  relationship  between  the  FTE  student  roll  (funding  investment)  and  the  cumulative  number  of  students  achieving  NCEA  Level  2  or  NCEA  Level  3  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  the  school   FTE  roll.  This  overcomes  all  the  arguments  of  each  school  being  different.    Data  Collection  and  Sample  The  number  of  students  achieving  NCEA  L2  is  gained  from  the  New  Zealand  Qualification  Authority’s  (NZQA)   website  for  statistics  relating  to  NCEA  and  other  NQF  qualifications  –  participation  based  cumulative  data.  The  school  FTE  roll   is  based  on  Ministry  of  Education  statistics  from  each  school’s  RS40  roll  return.  The  sample  of  schools  for  comparative   purposes  are  the  24  state  and  integrated  secondary  schools  from  the  Christchurch  region.  The  analysis  can  be  repeated   based  on  the  number  of  students  achieving  NCEA  L3.    Performance  NCEA  L2                  The  2013  mean  performance  for  all  24  state  and  integrated  secondary  schools  in  Christchurch  is  29.45.  Hagley  Community  College’s  performance  in  NCEA  Level  2  as  a  percentage  of  the  total  school  FTE  roll  is  40%.  This  is  a   significant  result  as  it  places  Hagley  above  the  upper  95%  mean  of  32.14%  for  all  Christchurch  schools.      The  data  can  also  be  presented  as  a  bubble  plot  showing  the  performance  of  all  24  schools  (state  secondary  and   integrated  schools)  and  their  relationship  to  each  other.  This  achievement  reinforces  the  ERO  findings  that  Hagley  is  a  high   performing  school  but  the  findings  need  to  be  placed  in  context.  Hagley  is  a  regional  hub  for  post-­‐compulsory  age  students   in  the  Canterbury  area  who  are  disengaging  or  who  have  disengaged  from  education.      

Hagley  

Bubble  plot  of  NCEA  L2  /  FTE  Roll  by  School  

Page 24: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  22  

 

Hagley  students  are  characterised  by  diversity  of  learning  need,  short-­‐term  study  duration  and  essential  learning  skill  deficits.  It  therefore  takes  more  time  for  many  students  to  ‘catch  up’  and  to  build  their  learning  skills.  For  many  students  the  gaining  of  NCEA  L2  will  take  two  years.  This  is  highlighted  by  the  data  from  NZQA  statistics.  When  the  numbers  of  Hagley’s  NCEA  L2  cumulative  achievement  is  compared  to  a  school  with  similar  NCEA  L2  achievement  numbers  we  find  the  patterns  very  different.  This  highlights  why  cumulative  data  is  essential  in  undertaking  the  analysis  to  provide  an  accurate  picture  of  student  achievement  over  time.    Performance  NCEA  L3  The  mean  performance  for  all  24  state  and  integrated  secondary  schools  in  Christchurch  for  NCEA  L3  is  10.23%   of  total  school  

FTE  roll.  Hagley  Community  College’s  performance  in  NCEA  Level  3  as  a  percentage  of  the  total  school  FTE  roll   is  18.7%.  This  is  a  significant  result  as  it  places  Hagley  well  above  the  upper  95%  mean  of  11.06%  for  all  Christchurch  schools.   The  data  can  also  be  presented  as  a  bubble  plot  showing  the  performance  of  all  24  schools  (state  secondary  and  integrated   schools)  and  their  relationship  to  each  other.    Analysis  NCEA  L3  From  this  data  is  can  be  seen  that  Hagley  performs  well  when  compared  to  other  schools’  performance  in   NCEA  Level  3  achievement  as  a  percentage  of  the  whole  school  FTE.  This  is  a  good  performance  and  has  the  College  with  a   cumulative  achievement  of  18.7%  of  the  total  FTE  student  roll  achieving  NCEA  Level  3.  This  is  well  above  the  decile  5   mean  for  schools  in  Christchurch  and  in  the  upper  95%  mean  for  all  of  the  24  secondary  schools  in  the  Canterbury   region.  The  College  has  exceeded  its  expectation  of  improving  the  NCEA  L3  cumulative  performance  from  12.91%  in  2012   to  18.7%  of  the  total  FTE  College  roll  in  2013.    Summary  On  the  basis  of  this  analysis  Hagley  Community  College  is  providing  the  government  with  a  very  high  return  on   investment  when  compared  with  other  secondary  schools  in  Christchurch  especially  when  Hagley’s  student  population  is   made  up  of  the  30-­‐35%  of  students  who  are  disengaging  or  who  have  disengaged  from  other  secondary  schools.  The  educational  and  social  value  added  is  significant.  While  an  argument  can  be  given  that  Hagley  has  a  larger  senior  population  than  most  schools  in  Christchurch  (which  is  correct)  it  also  needs  to  be  highlighted  that  this  population  is  made  up  of  large  numbers  of  adult  learners  in  the  After  3  programme  (500+)  and  significant  numbers  of  part-­‐time  students,  ESOL  students  and  refugee  students  all  of  whom  are  only  beginning  qualifications  or  only  undertaking  a  small  portion  of  their  qualifications.  When  these  results  are  placed  in  the  context  of  a  student  population  that  enters  Hagley  with  low  or  no  qualifications  and  with  very  diverse  learning  needs  the  achievement  of  these  students  is  of  a  high  order,  as  identified  by  the  ERO  in  2011.    These  results  shown  here  represent  the  2013  achievement  results.  The  full  2014  college-­‐wide  achievement  results  are  documented  in  the  College  Effectiveness  portfolio  report.    The  overall  impact  of  a  single  portfolio  is  difficult  to  determine  beyond  the  targets  and  specific  strategies  that  were  implemented  and  analysed.  However,  when  viewed  from  an  holistic  and  integrated  viewpoint  the  collective  impact  of  all  the  portfolios  certainly  show  that  Hagley  College  is  making  significant  steps  forward  into  the  engagement,  achievement  and  transitions  of  students.  This  is  evidenced  by:  

• A  college  curriculum  that  is  effective  for  a  large  majority  of  students  with  diverse  learning  needs  and  situations.  • Senior  students  have  access  to  a  range  of  academic,  careers  and  pastoral  systems  that  work  together  to  support  them.  • The  college  has  processes  and  practices  that  encourage  the  individualization  of  student  pathways.  

Hagley  

Bubble  plot  of  NCEA  L3  /  FTE  Roll  by  School  

Page 25: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  23  

 

• There  are  individual  programme  and  school  wide  initiatives  that  encourage  students  to  develop  leadership  and  self-­‐management  skills.  • The  college  has  an  extensive  range  of  vocational  and  academic  options  with  a  broad  curriculum  that  is  re-­‐designed  to  personalize  student  need.  • There  is  a  range  of  purposeful  partnerships  with  others  in  the  community  to  support  student  learning  and  development.  • There  are  effective  initiatives  for  Māori  and  Pacific  students.  • A  strong  and  effective  self-­‐review  system  build  around  the  college  effectiveness  model  and  teaching  as  inquiry.  

6.  STAFFING  THE  COLLEGE  In  staffing  the  college  the  primary  goal  is  to  identify,  develop  and  support  successful  teachers  and  support  staff  to  make  a  significant  difference  to  improving  student  learning  and  achievement.  Teacher  professionalism  is  a  key  strategic  area  the  college  continues  to  focus  on.  This  is  to    ensure  that  teachers  are  qualified  and  trained  with  the  College  undertaking  and  meeting  its  ‘good    employer’  obligations  through  teachers’  conditions  of  employment,  salary  rates,  rights  and    entitlements.  It  is  also  to  ensure  that  teachers  undertake  and  fulfill  their  professional  responsibilities  by    meeting  the  ‘Professional  Standards  for  Teachers’  and  ‘Code  of  Ethics  for  Registered  Teachers.  This    review  reports  on  the  performance  of  the  College  across  all  these  key  outcomes  for  2014.    Qualified  Staff  The  critical  success  factor  for  professional  standards  is:  all  teachers  are  qualified,  trained  and  meet  the    teacher  professional  standards.  All  teachers  at  Hagley  Community  College  have  current  registrations    and  are  qualified  to  teach.  The  College  employed  6  Limited  Authority  to  Teach  teachers  (LATs)  approved    for  2014.  There  were  16  provisionally  registered  teachers  employed  by  the  Hagley  College  Board  of    Trustees.    The  College  has  approved  11  teachers  for  leave  longer  than  one  week.    Newly  Appointed  Staff  in  2014  The  College  employed  8  teaching  staff,  16  support  staff  and  10  After  3  staff  in  2014.  

         

Teachers:  Ian  Hegarty,  Alan  Dixon,  Monique  Pettet,  Norma  Orlowski,  Amy  Mitchell,  Jahred  Dell,  Mamta    Shah  and  Simon  Oakley.    Support  Staff:  Bridget  van  Ballekom,  Mikey  Graham,  Kadie  Price,  Zenobia  Fry,    Lucette  Hindin,  Vincent  Leahy,  Rawan  Qasem,  Evy  Schofield,  Marty  Anderson,  Charlotte  Sowman,  Joyce    Skilton,Luul  Elmi,  Zhara  Ayaz,  Trevor  George,  Robynne  Cusdin  and  Jo  Thomas-­‐Hiddleston.    After  3:    Asmita  Makwana,  Claudia  Lues,  Philippa  Judge,  Carol-­‐Ann  Hamilton,  Andrew  Shepherd,  Annie  Shih,    Frank  Visser,  Fleur  de  Thier,  Karin  Lange  and  Shona  McKee.      

Support  Staff    Sports  Assistant   1  Theatre  Company/Dance   4  Teacher  Aides  –  Learning  Support   8  ESOL  Teacher  Aides   2  Attendance   2  Liaison  Officers   1  Homework  Centre   13  Nurse   1  Technicians   5  Refugee  Liaison   2  Library   3  Finance   4  Jazz   2  Careers   2  General  Admin   13  Marketing   2  Cleaners   20  Property  Services   4  HALC   25  Guidance   1  Student  Centre/Cafe   5  After  3   24  Total  Support  Staff   144  

Teaching  Staff    ITMs   23  Teachers   115  Total  Teaching  Staff   138  

Page 26: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  24  

 

An  analysis  has  been  undertaken  on  the  staff  numbers  per  department  for  both  teaching  and  support  staff.    A  more  detailed  analysis  of  teaching  staff  is  found  in  the  Curriculum  Design  portfolio  review.    Staff  at  Hagley  Hagley  Community  College  has  a  wide  range  of  skilled  staff  to  support  students  in  their  learning.  These  staff  fall  into  two  major  categories,  support  staff  and  teaching  staff.  The  total  staffing  of  the  College  for  2014  is  282  staff  divided  between  these  two  categories.  There  are  138  teaching  staff  and  144  support  staff.  The  distribution  of  these  staff  is  shown  in  the  corresponding  tables.    Many  of  our  staff  are  hired  and  paid  through  short-­‐term  funding  that  is  allocated  annually.  For  example,  the  funding  to  support  refugee  families  relies  on  funding  from  the  MOE  and  the  Department  of  Social  Welfare  and  Development.  This  means  to  staff  these  programmes,  staff  are  on  yearly  contracts.  The  work  undertaken  by  Human  Resources  is  substantial  and  time  consuming.  In  2014  the  staff  at  Hagley  took  113  days  of  Principal’s  Discretionary  Leave.  Other  leave  taken  was  449.8  days  of  leave  for  teachers  and  767.4  leave  days  for  support  staff,  including  Leave  without  Pay  (excluding  sick  leave).  Sick  leave  taken  was  629  days  and  458  days  respectively.  The  College  had  two  teachers  on  maternity  leave  each  for  three  terms,  and  one  support  staff  member  on  maternity  leave  for  the  year.  Professional  Responsibilities  The  College  has  a  commitment  to  ensure  all  teachers  are  undertaking  and  fulfilling  their  professional  responsibilities  by  meeting  the  ‘Professional  Standards  for  Teachers’  and  ‘Code  of  Ethics  for  Registered  Teachers’.  100%  of  teachers  at  Hagley  College  are  registered  or  hold  an  LAT.    The  College  has  implemented  a  performance  management  system  that  identifies  and  evaluates  annually  the  following  using  the  Registered  Teacher  Criteria:  

• Good  Practice  Teaching  Model  • The  Window  into  Practice  (WIP)  • teacher  inquiry  projects.  • a  generic  position  description  with  specific  tasks  attached  • teacher  performance  summary  

   The  Registered  Teacher  Criteria  RTC  are  continued  to  be  monitored  by  the  appraisal  system.  This  system  operates  through  the  line  manager  meeting  biannually  to  discuss  the  WIP  achieved  by  the  teacher.  The  teacher  shows  evidence  of  meeting  the    Registered  Teacher  Criteria  through  classroom  observations,  producing  resources,  attending  department  and  whole  school  professional  learning  and  development  (see  table  of  annual  activities),  the  teacher  inquiry  project  and  wider  contribution  to  the  College.  This  achievement  is  recognised  in  the  ERO  reports  of  2004,  2007  and  2011.  In  2014  every  teacher  had  to  participate  in  the  teacher  inquiry  process  and  the  WIP.  

 Programme  for  New  and  Beginner  Teachers  2014  “Learning  experiences  are  composed  of  content,  process  and  social  climate.  As  teachers  we  create  for  and  with  our  children  relationships  and  opportunities  to  explore  and  build  important  areas  of  knowledge,  develop  powerful  tools  for  learning,  and  live  in  humanising  social  conditions.”    The  induction  and  mentoring  programme  for  new,  first  and  second  year  teachers,  provisionally  registered  and  Limited  Authority  to  Teach  teachers  meets  the  two  important  strategic  areas:  teacher  professionalism  and  effective  teacher  pedagogy.  The  programme  is  designed  to  meet  the  two  critical  success  factors  of  this  portfolio.      

Page 27: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  25  

 

 

Term  1   Learning  Intention  

February  18   Induction/portfolios/RT  criteria.    (Ros  Jackson  &  Faith  Oxenbridge)   To  outline  the  requirements  of  the  portfolio  and  RT  criteria.  

March  4   Cross-­‐curriculum  Literacy  (Marie  Stribling)   To  focus  on  reading  skills,  strategies  and  reinforce  that  we  are  all  teachers  of  literacy.  

March  25   Cultural  Competencies  (Mastura  Abd  Rahman)   To  highlight  the  importance  of  cultural  sensitivity  and  understanding  in  the  classroom.  

April  12   End  of  term  reflection  and  portfolio  sharing  (Faith  Oxenbridge)   To  encourage  teachers  to  reflect  of  successes  and  challenges  and  identify  next  steps.  

Term  2   Learning  Intention  

May  13   Classroom  Management  (Faith  Oxenbridge  &  Kathy  Constable)   To  affirm  good  practice  in  classroom  management.  

May  27   Differentiating  the  curriculum  (Faith  Oxenbridge  &  Sarah  Denny)   To  highlight  the  importance  of  differentiation  and  give  learners  practical  applications.  

June  17   The  teaching  presence  (Faith  Oxenbridge  &  Ros  Jackson)   To  highlight  the  importance  of  a  positive  teaching  presence  to  effective  teaching/learning.  

June  31   End  of  term  reflection  and  portfolio  sharing  (Ros  Jackson)   To  encourage  teachers  to  reflect  of  successes  and  challenges  and  identify  next  steps.  

Term  3  

July  29   Teacher  as  Inquiry  (Marie  Stribling/  Faith  Oxenbridge)   To  give  the  PRT  teachers  time  to  write  up  their  inquiry  and  reflect  on  how  it  is  going.  

August  12   Literacy  from  a  writing  scaffold  (Vickie  Taylor)  To  enable  teachers  to  use  writing  techniques  in  their  practice  for  ākonga  to  become  skilled  in  writing.  

August  26  Te  Reo  in  the  classroom  –practical  application  across  the  curiculum  (Māori  ākonga  leaders)  

To  encourage  teachers  to  gain  confidence  in  using  language  in  their  lessons  and  to  help  teachers  understand  Māori  ākonga  better.    To  increase  Kaiako’s  bicultural  awareness  to  assist  “knowing  their  learner”.  

September  9   The  thinking  classroom  (Ros  Jackson)  Using  a  contextual  base  “the  history  of  Hagley”  to  combine  many  of  the  skills  used  in  the  PRT  programme  as  a  practice  for  teachers.  

Sept  23   End  of  term  reflection   To  encourage  teachers  to  reflect  of  successes  and  challenges  and  identify  next  steps.  

Term  4  

21  October   Learning  Differences  (Thelma  Costain)   To  assist  kaiako  to  understand  the  many  differences  in  the  manner  our  ākonga  learn.  

4  November   Differentiation  (Sarah  Denny)  To  show  how  important  differentiation  is  in  pace  of  lesson  and  extending  ākonga  to  the  level  they  are  at.  

18  Nov   Reflection  and  portfolio  coordination  (Faith  Oxenbridge  and  Ros  Jackson)  To  encourage  teachers  to  reflect  of  successes  and  challenges  and  identify  next  steps.    To  prepare  portfolios  for  full  registration  and  the  second  PRT  year.  

The  new  and  beginner  teaching  staff  firstly  have  a  fortnightly  programme  run  by  Faith  Oxenbridge  and  secondly  have  a  mentor  within  the  department  who  carries  out  supervision  through  curriculum  awareness,  classroom  observation,  teaching  as  inquiry  projects  and  professional  conversations.  The  programme  heightens  the  new  teachers’  skills  around  classroom  management  and  effectively  engaging  students  as  well  as  exploring  the  importance  of  cross  curricula  literacy  for  student  success.  By  being  aware  of  student  voice  and  the  need  to  create  a  thinking  classroom,  the  new  teachers  can  model  this  in  their  teaching.  The  student  survey  shows  96.75%  of  students  agree  they  are  challenged  to  think  in  class  but  there  is  still  a  small  percentage  we  need  to  attend  to  who  say  they  are  not  challenged  to  think  in  class.  

Page 28: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  26  

 

Professional  Learning  &  Development  2014  -­‐  “Effective  pedagogy  promoting  student  learning.”  The  professional  learning  and  development  is  extremely  valuable  at  Hagley  Community  College.  The  most  encouraging  thing  to  come  from  the  work  being  undertaken  is  that  there  are  conversations  happening  all  around  the  College  and  sharing  of  the  exciting  ako  practices  across  departments  and  in  and  out  of  the  classroom.    The  bi-­‐cultural  focus  in  2014  was  very  successful  and  inspired  one  kaiako  to  offer  the  history  of  NZ  Māori  to  other  kaiako  and  has  continued  doing  this  in  2015.    35  kaiako  are  learning  te  reo  in  2015  as  a  result  of  their  bi-­‐cultural  journey.        Term  1        

Date   Topic   Presenter   Learning  Intent  

5  February  Engaging  students  in  meaningful  learning  and  our  roll  numbers  in  2013  

Brent  Ingram  To  make  staff  aware  how  important  it  is  to  differentiate  their  teaching  and  understand  how  their  students  learn  to  keep  students  engaged  

12  February   Pastoral  team   Peja  Street  To  emphasise  the  importance  of  connecting  with  students  and  their  families  to  keep  them  engaged  at  the  College  

19  February   Understanding  health  issues   Anne  Farrall  To  heighten  our  awareness  of  health  issues  that  ākonga  may  face  including  the  importance  of  treating  head  injuries  with  haste  and  expertise  

26  February  Learning  needs,  KAMAR,  professional  learning  and  goals  for  2014  

In  department   To  choose  a  focus  that  needs  department  discussion  

5  March  Farewells  for  teachers  who  have  been  recognised  by  the  CAPNA  process  

Whole  staff   Farewell  to  long  standing  colleagues  

12  March   Continuation  of  farewells  from  previous  Wed   Whole  staff   Farewell  to  long  standing  colleagues  

19  March   RTCs,  Teacher  Inquiry  and  appraisal  Marie  Stribling  and  Mike  Fowler  

To  refresh  the  RTCs  and  show  how  the  T  as  I  and  the  appraisal  evidence  can  all  be  integrated  into  a  working  set  of  guidelines    

26  March   Teacher  Inquiry   In  departments  To  give  teachers  time  to  set  up  their  inquiries  and  share  with  the  HOD  their  inquiry  intention  

2  April   Writing  effective  report  comments   Mike  Fowler  To  review  our  reports  and  make  them  meaningful  to  students  and  caregivers  

9  April  Pastoral  presentation  around  the  importance  of  writing  ākonga  notes  on  KAMAR  

Brent  Ingram  To  change  the  habit  of  kaiako  around  writing  ākonga  information  on  KAMAR  

16  April   Work  around  “how  to  retain  ākonga”   Ros  Jackson  and  Kim  Swann  To  show  how  the  mentoring  role  can  support  ākonga  with  Achievement,  Retention  and  Transitions    (ART)  

Term  2        7  May     Breakfast  and  reports   Individual  staff  time   To  allow  time  to  write  comprehensive  reports  14  May     Reports   Individual  staff  time   To  allow  time  to  write  comprehensive  reports  21  May     Bi-­‐cultural  understanding  1   Adrian  Te  Patu   Haggis  to  Hogmanay  28  May   Bi-­‐cultural  understanding  2   Catherine  Savage   To  support  teachers  to  understand  their  obligations  of  the  

Page 29: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  27  

 

Treaty  and  how  cultural  differences  can  be  recognised  and  ākonga  encouraged  in  the  classroom    

4  June   Bi-­‐cultural  understanding  3   Lynn  Harata  Te  Aika  To  be  more  informed  of  the  Māori  history  of  Otautahi  and  how  it  can  assist  kaiako  to  be  more  inclusive  in  their  classrooms  

11  June     Bi-­‐cultural  understanding  4   Adrian  Te  Patu  To  bring  together  the  learning  shared  over  the  last  3  bi-­‐cultural  sessions  and  to  ask  where  to  from  here  as  Kaiako?  

18  June     Reflection  session  on  cultural  competencies   In  departments  To  encourage  kaiako  voice  to  reflect  on  the  bi-­‐cultural  sessions  and  indicate  what  they  would  like  PLD  on  for  the  future  

25  June   Appraisal  and  a  new  structure  to  meet  the  RTCs  Whole  staff  –  Andrew  Tebbutt  and  Angela  Brett  

To  unpack  the  “Window  into  Practice”  and  show  how  the  classroom  observation,  teacher  as  inquiry  and  appraisal  are  integrated  into  the  WIP  

Term  3        

23  July   Breakfast   Whole  staff  To  create  a  positive  working  environment  for  staff;  a  chance  to  talk  and  get  to  know  new  staff  

30  July   Special  Character   Brent  Ingram  To  introduce  to  staff  the  concept  of  making  the  College  a  special  character  college,  bringing  all  of  the  unique  features  of  Hagley  together  for  reflection  

 6  August     Teacher  as  Inquiry   In  departments  

Time  to  be  used  by  HOD  in  a  flexible  manner  for:  Teacher  as  Inquiry  Inquiry  draft  report  writing  Follow  up  meetings  for  teacher  observations  

13  August   Teacher  as  Inquiry   In  departments   As  above  20  August     Report  writing   Individual  staff  time   Time  to  write  quality  reports  27  August     Report  writing   Individual  staff  time   Time  to  write  quality  reports  

3  September  New  programmes  and  our  diversity  of  programmes  at  Hagley  Community  College  

Brent  Ingram  To  work  with  kaiako  to  encourage  new  ways  of  delivering  learning  for  ākonga  at  Hagley  College  

10  September   Understanding  the  Treaty  of  Waitangi  Adrian  Te  Patu  Andrew  Tebbutt  Celia  King  

To  encourage  an  understanding  of  why  the  bi-­‐cultural  journey  is  important  to  kaiako  

17  September   Social  Affirmative  Action  Rachel  Hawthorne  and  Carmen  Kenton  

To  enable  kaiako  to  reflect  on  why  affirmative  action  is  important  especially  for  the  diverse  population  of  ākonga  at  Hagley  Community  College  

24  September   Junior  College  teachers   In  form  groups  with  the  tutor  To  encourage  teachers  to  talk  about  their  ākonga  and  to  share  collective  learning  about  them  to  assist  the  College  with  good  teaching  practice  for  their  ākonga  

Term  4        

Page 30: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  28  

 

15  October   Inquiry  breakfast   Teachers  To  encourage  teachers  to  talk  about  their  work  and  share  their  ideas  with  colleagues  

22  October     Special  Character   Brent  Ingram   Feedback  on  Special  Character  –  to  keep  staff  up  to  date  

29  October  Window  into  Practice    Feedback  to  Brent  on  Special  Character  

In  curriculum  departments  HOD  Brent  

Time  to  reflect  on  classroom  practice  and  is  the  intervention  making  a  difference?  

5  November   Inquiry  mentor  meeting  or  appraisal  meetings  In  curriculum  departments  HOD  

Time  to  reflect  on  classroom  practice  and  is  the  intervention  making  a  difference?  

12  November  Teacher  only  half  day  inquiry  projects  presented  in  departments  

In  curriculum  departments  HOD  

To  allow  the  sharing  of  the  Teacher  as  Inquiry  work  that  has  taken  place  by  the  department  members  

19  November   HOD  appraisal  wrap  up  for  the  year   HOD  and  SMT    To  allow  all  the  department  appraisals  to  be  discussed  with  the  SM  team  and  to  highlight  action  where  necessary  

26  November   No  staff  meeting  due  to  Year  10  camp      5  December   Farewells  in  Hagley  House   Whole  staff   To  enable  a  warm  farewell  to  our  Hagley  colleagues    Department  Professional  Growth  and  Feedback  In  general,  Heads  of  Departments  use  their  HOD  allocations  to  mentor  teachers  and  carry  out  class  observations,  guide  teachers  with  their  Teaching  as  Inquiries  and  develop  resources.  In  2014  all  teachers  carried  out  the  cycle  of  teacher  as  inquiry  and  the  HOD  led  this  and  supported  teachers  as  they  reported  back  on  their  inquiries.    

 ERO  highlighted  learning  leadership  as  an  area  of  strength  at  Hagley.  They  said,  “Learning  leaders  provide  good  quality  guidelines  and  expectations  for  teachers.  They  have  developed  a  good  practice  model  for  teaching.  This  model  is  linked  to  teachers’  appraisal  and  professional  learning  development  so  that  ongoing  improvements  can  be  made  to  the  quality  of  teaching.  Teachers  demonstrate  effective  teamwork  within  and  across  departments”.  

 The  feedback  from  the  curriculum  leaders  shows  the  importance  of  giving  time  to  support  professional  learning  and  development  to  enhance  effective  teacher  pedagogy,  and  grow  capacity  in  leadership.  The  HODs  report  to  the  SMT  a  number  of  times  throughout  the  year.  The  ERO  report  2011  highlighted  another  strength  that  teachers’  on-­‐going  reflection  and  development  is  well  supported.      College  of  Practical  Design  In  2014  the  College  of  Practical  Design  has  had  to  look  carefully  at  the  way  we  deliver  and  promote  our  subjects  as  a  result  of  poor  enrolment  figures  in  some  areas.  It  is  disappointing  to  have  to  combine  classes  at  senior  level  and  to  close  classes  altogether.  Year  10  Textiles  was  one  subject  to  close  and  this  is  very  disappointing.  In  response  to  this  a  revamp  of  the  present  technology  information  brochure  has  taken  place  with  the  objective  of  showing  in  a  clear  and  visual  way  the  pathways  technology  can  take  you  to  from  Year  9  to  Year  13.  Vocational  pathways  are  also  included  to  help  students  to  make  choices  at  Year  9  and  10  that  will  provide  them  with  the  subjects  needed  to  pursue  a  career  in  technology.  This  will  be  distributed  at  the  open  nights.  External  competitions  have  been  successful  in  showcasing  technology  with  success  at  Year  10  in  the  Aurecon  Bridge  Building  Competition,  and  a  win  in  the  Hokonui  Fashion  Awards.                                                        The  replacement  Foods  room  is  functioning  well  after  a  few  teething  problems  and  all  levels  are  coping  well  with  the  layout  and  functionality  of  the  space.  

Page 31: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  29  

 

Teacher  training  is  continuing  within  the  department.  Tic-­‐H’sia  How  recently  undertook  Cisco  training  to  add  another  layer  to  the  computing  course  and  Robyn  and  I  have  had  technology  training  in  the  integration  of  programme  planning  within  the  Junior  College.  We  intend  to  work  at  department  level  on  an  integrated  approach  in  the  hope  of  implementing  this  over  time.  Collaboration  between  departments  continues  and  we  are  growing  authentic  and  robust  learning  opportunities  for  all  ākonga.    ESOL  The  ESOL  department  in  2013  looked  closely  at  the  impact  teachers’  inquiries  into  their  teaching  was  having  on  students.  In  our  appraisal  process  the  HOD/TIC  went  into  classrooms  to  observe  the  kaiako  teaching.  This  involved  two  interviews,  one  with  the  teacher  concerning  what  they  were  teaching,  and  one  with  the  students  concerning  what  they  were  learning.  This  was  completed  with  all  teachers,  and  aimed  to  give  a  snapshot  of  the  impact  of  the  teaching  as  inquiry  process  on  student  outcomes  (see  subject  report).  In  2014,  a  similar  process  has  occurred,  but  with  a  focus  on  how  teachers  differentiate  their  learning  to  meet  the  needs  of  students  who  are  at  risk  of  underachieving.  A  range  of  evidence  and  data  was  collected  by  teachers  to  specifically  put  ‘the  microscope’  on  students’  progress.  Professional  learning  around  the  inquiry  process  will  focus  on  ways  for  teachers  to  have  individual  and  group  teaching  within  a  whole  class  setting.      Mathematics  “The  professional  learning  development  cycle  with  staff  has  fed  into  curriculum  work.”  During  2014  “secondary  facilitators”  around  New  Zealand  worked  in-­‐depth  in  allocated  schools  with  middle  leaders  on  strategies  to  raise  student  achievement.  They  observed  vital  ingredients  in  this  process.  We  picked  out  the  following  4.  

• An  emphasis  on  knowing  the  learner  to  build  relationships  • Tracking  of  students  to  monitor  progress  • Improving  NCEA  achievement  starts  at  year  9  • Subject  specific  literacy  is  an  essential  focus  for  success  

During  2014  I  led  discussions  on  how  as  a  mathematics  department  we  could  improve  student  achievement  through  these  four  ideas  and  then  led  the  professional  development  needed  to  implement  those  ideas.  The  following  action  plan  was  devised  and  has  become  our  “2015  Department  Professional  Learning  Goals”.  This  plan  encompasses  a  lot  of  the  professional  development  work  we  have  done  over  the  last  2  years  as  a  department.  Many  of  our  department  members  have  completed  inquiry  projects  on  one  or  more  of  these  ideas.    2015  Department  Professional  Learning  Priorities/Goals  -­‐  Improving  Achievement  2015  

1. Start  of  the  year………  High  expectations  of  student  output  Track  student  progress  (Kamar  credit  printouts)  Prompt  interventions  where  needed  (individual  goal  setting,  calling  home,  refer  to  HOD/deans).  

2. Improving  NCEA  results  starts  at  year  9  • We  rewrote  our  year  9  and  10  schemes  of  work  (incorporating  the  key  competencies)  and  then  our  year  11,  12  and  13  schemes  • Emphasis  on  algebra  skills  and  subject  specific  literacy  • Common  assessment  question  banks  (curriculum  levels  3  –  5)  for  each  year  9  and  10  unit  of  work  • Central  record  of  year  9  and  10  unit  test  marks  for  all  classes  (level  3  –  5)  so  that  we  can  monitor  each  student’s  progress  through  years  9  and  10.  This  will  allow  us  to  put  

any  necessary  interventions  in  place,  allow  us  to  ensure  correct  placement  of  students  at  year  11  for  NCEA  level  1  and  to  allow  us  to  reflect  on  our  teaching  practice  at  year  9  and  10.  

Page 32: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  30  

 

• Introduction  of  a  year  10  exam  in  term  4  (AS  1.11  Writing  a  statistics  report)  to  keep  our  students  focussed  and  to  give  them  a  taste  of  what  will  be  expected  of  them  in  year  11.  

3. An  emphasis  on  “knowing  the  learner”  To  build  strong  teacher/student  relationships  and  strong  teacher/home  connections  “equal  resources  to  all  students  will  not  give  equal  outcomes”  

4. Subject  specific  literacy  This  is  an  essential  focus  for  student  success.  

• Year  9  and  10  vocabulary  lists  for  each  unit  • Writing  frames  for  junior  and  senior  probability  and  statistics  report  writing  • Teaching  our  students  how  to  write  reading  model  reports,  editing  draft  reports,  writing  model  reports  together.  

 Art  “We  want  to  continue  to  work  on  our  programmes  to  fully  accommodate  the  spirit  of  the  new  curriculum.”  One  of  the  ways  the  Art  department  achieved  this  goal  in  2014  was  to  continue  to  work  with  the  Year  11  Digital  Art  Design  course  to  find  more  effective  and  engaging  ways  of  informing  and  instructing  students  in  learning  tasks  (project  briefs),  so  that  even  the  most  challenged  students  understand  lesson  requirements  and  expectations,  enabling  them  to  become  more  confident  and  independent  learners.  This  goal  was  achieved  with  the  assistance  of  literacy  support  teachers  in  2014  and  will  be  continually  built  upon  in  2015.    We  have  introduced  an  “Animation  School”  for  2015  and  we  will  monitor  the  A.R.T.  for  these  students.    Social  Sciences  Inquiry  is  a  crucial  part  of  professional  growth  in  social  sciences.  In  2014,  all  teachers  engaged  with  the  process  and  found  the  experience  to  be  valuable  and  rewarding,  as  shown  by  the  variety  of  stimulating  reports  written.  A  highlight  of  this  process  was  the  sharing  session  at  the  end  of  the  year.  This  was  one  of  the  few  occasions  when  staff  got  together  and  actively  collaborated  in  their  professional  learning.  The  conversations,  thinking  and  learning  that  occurred  in  that  sharing  session  were  invaluable.  With  this  in  mind,  in  2015,  teachers  will  share  their  thinking  and  inquiry  progress  more  regularly  throughout  the  year  to  encourage  further  collaboration.    A  major  focus  for  PLD  college-­‐wide  in  2014  was  addressing  biculturalism.  There  was  support  within  the  department  for  this,  with  most  teachers  finding  the  sessions  rewarding.  There  was  a  sense  from  some  that  social  sciences  has  always  addressed  this  well,  and  that  PLD  was  not  really  needed.  However,  others  embraced  it  wholeheartedly,  with  one  teacher  running  voluntary  after-­‐hours  PLD  sessions  for  staff  in  the  history  of  the  treaty.  Others  responded  by  making  changes  to  their  courses.  For  2015,  the  focus  will  be  on  consolidating  the  new  learning  and  really  challenging  staff  as  to  whether  or  not  they  are  paying  sufficient  attention  to  biculturalism  as  teachers.    In  a  diverse  department  such  as  social  sciences,  staying  abreast  of  the  latest  curriculum  developments  is  not  always  easy,  as  a  number  of  teachers  are  sole-­‐experts  and  must  seek  contact  outside  the  schools  for  PLD  specific  to  their  subject  areas.  One  weakness  in  PLD  in  the  department  in  2014  was  the  lack  of  time  spent  on  collaborating  on  improving  teaching  linked  to  specific  subject  areas;  it  is  too  easy  to  avoid  this  in  a  fragmented  department.  In  2015,  effort  will  be  made  to  introduce  more  time  in  department  meetings  where  teachers  can  share  teaching  ideas  and  approaches.  Contexts  selected  for  study  are  continually  changing  to  cater  for  the  interests  and  needs  of  akonga  and  teachers  provide  stimulating,  interactive  study  environments.  This  work  was  the  focus  for  2014  and  will  continue  into  2015.  This  work  is  on-­‐going  as  national  curriculum  changes  continue  to  occur,  and  student  interests  wax  and  wane.  The  department  has  a  strong  technology  focus  and  continues  to  teach  in  innovative  and  seamless  ways  building  strong  relationships  with  akonga.  All  schemes  in  Social  Science  now  reflect  the  intent  and  language  of  the  curriculum,  and  are  designed  to  appeal  to  akonga.    

Page 33: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  31  

 

Science  The  idea  of  embedding  science  learning  in  contexts  chosen  by  students  is  becoming  more  common  in  Science  classes  across  the  department  with  teachers  responding  to  student  input  into  how  they  learn  the  science  they  need  to  know.  Teachers  are  reporting  that  they  are  having  more  fun  in  class,  and  students  are  engaging  with  Science  on  a  deeper  level  of  thinking.  In  2014,  many  staff  in  the  department  continued  to  develop  an  open  culture  within  their  classrooms  to  enable  students  to  take  learning  risks.  This  was  applied  to  in-­‐classroom  learning.  Many  students  found  this  to  be  outside  their  comfort  zone  but  with  some  gentle  coaching  and  scaffolding  were  able  to  be  much  more  adventurous  with  their  learning  risks  by  the  end  of  the  year.  As  a  result,  many  more  students  tried  and  were  successful  with  their  internal  assessments  for  NCEA  because  the  students  felt  confident  that  they  had  the  skills  and  resilience  to  have  a  go.  In  2015  we  plan  on  extending  these  ideas  around  learning  risks  to  include  a  wider  number  of  staff  in  the  department  and  to  also  to  continue  focusing  on  exam  assessments  for  NCEA  rather  than  only  internal  assessments.  Also  in  2015,  we  will  be  exploring  ways  we  can  actively  develop  truly  reciprocal  working  relationships  with  our  students  with  the  aim  of  improving  student  outcomes  in  all  NCEA  assessments.  It  is  intended  that  the  development  of  the  reciprocal  working  relationship  will  also  encourage  students  to  take  learning  risks  and  so  deepen  our  and  their  understanding  about  themselves  as  learners.    English  “It’s  about  actively  using  the  curriculum  to  drive  your  teaching.”    In  2014  the  HOD  spent  her  growth  allocation  on  coaching  and  mentoring  teachers  in  effective  pedagogy  using  the  teacher  as  inquirer  model.  The  classroom  observations  were  useful  in  seeing  the  Good  Practice  Teaching  Model  in  action.  The  HOD  has  used  her  allocation  to  complete  observations  of  all  English  teachers  in  the  department,  with  targeted  observations  focused  on  engagement  of  students  within  the  classroom.    Teacher  inquiry  projects  have  been  the  focus  of  professional  learning  and  development  within  the  department  during  2010,  2011,  2012,  2013  and  2014.  In  2014  the  observations,  which  are  followed  by  learning  conversations  and  teacher  reflection,  direct  teachers’  attention  towards  the  pedagogical  strategies  used  to  develop  a  strong  culture  of  student  engagement  with  the  teaching  and  learning  taking  place  in  English  classrooms.      Teachers  focused  on  building  students’  resilience  and  confidence  when  completing  tasks,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  key  competencies  of  self-­‐management,  thinking,  participating  and  contributing.  In  Junior  English  we  focused  on  developing  literacy  skills  within  students.  We  used  standardised  testing  to  inform  our  teaching  and  worked  closely  with  Learning  Support  to  develop  teaching  strategies  that  enhanced  students’  ability  to  make  and  create  meaning  within  an  English  language  context.    As  a  result  of  the  Teacher  as  Inquiries  of  2014  the  department  will  be  looking  closely  at  literacy  strategies  and  raising  the  awarenes  of  how  important  the  knowledge  of  teaching  literacy  is.      PE/Health  “The  curriculum’s  changed  the  way  we’ve  approached  things.”    The  intentions  continued  to  reflect  the  desire  to  include  a  range  of  values  and  competencies  in  all  junior  and  senior  courses.  Continual  redevelopment  and  modifications  are  made  to  senior  courses  to  best  meet  the  needs  of  our  students  whilst  ensuring  the  standards  are  assessed  effectively  and  comprehensively.  The  HOD  encourages  open  discussions  to  share  these  ideas  in  terms  of  content,  structure  and  assessment  opportunities  used.  The  changes  made  to  the  Junior  Health  courses  reflect  the  dynamic  nature  of  the  course  content  as  societal  and  interpersonal  influences  shift.  On-­‐going  links  to  community  resources  continue  to  add  value  to  courses  and  create  connections  for  students  to  pursue  options  outside  of  school.  The  HOD  oversees  the  teaching  as  inquiry  projects  that  are  contributing  to  changes  within  the  department.    Bi-­‐culturalism  has  been  introduced  to  many  programmes  and  a  year  9  approach  was  to  teach  many  Māori  games.    This  was  quite  difficult  as  the  kaiako  had  to  research  the  rules  and  no-­‐one  was  familiar  with  them.      The  involvement  by  ākonga  was  very  good  and  everyone  enjoyed  trying  these  new  games.    In  2015  we  have  introduced  the  use  of  reo  into  the  year  9  classes.      

Page 34: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Engagement  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page  32  

 

Performing  Arts  The  Performing  Arts  department’s  goal  for  2014  was  to  focus  on  a  variety  of  Good  Practice  Model  initiatives  individual  to  the  specific  teacher.  Some  examples  of  what  individual  teachers  selected  are:    

• the  teacher  is  aware  of  their  students’  learning  needs  and  potential  and  responds  appropriately  • the  teacher  uses  consistent  and  appropriate  management  strategies  • the  teacher  sets  explicit  learning  intentions  • the  teacher  understands  the  NZ  curriculum  —  appropriate  planning  and  programme.  

 One  of  the  ways  the  Director  of  the  Theatre  Company  does  this  is  to  place  his  students  into  contracts  that  give  his  students  real  life  experience  in  acting.  Through  this  work  the  students  meet  and  achieve  realistic  expectations  and  practical  experience.  Hagley  Community  College  through  the  Head  of  Department  works  hard  at  keeping  links  to  other  educational  providers  (Toi  Whakaari,  Unitec  and  CPIT)  and  this  offers  strong  pathways  for  Drama,  Dance  and  Music  students.  The  department  is  exploring  ways  to  increase  effective  pedagogy  in  classrooms  and  will  continue  to  use  the  goal  setting  templates  in  2015  to  be  aware  of  student  learning  needs  and  how  best  to  respond  to  them.    Other  Professional  Learning  and  Development  External  professional  learning  and  development  needs  of  teaching  staff  were  met  in  the  following  ways.  Literacy:  Various  courses  (all  free  of  charge  in  2014).  This  refers  to  courses  held  externally  only.  The  Learning  Support  team  offers  ongoing  literacy  training  to  up-­‐skill  teachers  and  teacher  aides  across  all  curriculum  areas.  Whānau/Cultural:  $2,331.  This  figure  includes  bicultural  workshops  as  well  as  koha  for  marae  visits.  ICT:  $5,263.  This  includes  both  conferences  and  workshops  intended  to  up-­‐skill  staff  in  relevant  technologies.      The  table  shows  the  investment  the  College  has  made.  

Year   English   Mathematics   Science   Social  Science  2000   4859.00   2357.00   1735.00   3608.00  2001   2534.00   1535.00   2809.00   1050.00  2002   3610.00   1350.00   2066.00   2110.00  2003   3872.00   2001.00   6494.00   2088.00  2004   4335.00   2888.00   3059.00   553.00  2005   3034.00   3166.00   3303.00   1006.00  2006   2883.00   769.00   4352.00   1139.00  2007   2021.58   7088.40   3663.50   391.70  2008   2061.60   1560.75   925.00   1376.50  2009   2262.75   1208.00   980.00   2824.00  2010   3569.58   925.00   2535.00   765.00  2011   4284.00   4532.40   3469.95   3978.55  2012   2955.00   969.00   3430.00   4494.00  2013   3422.50   1839.03   2945.01   2558.60  2014   2575.22   310.00   1479.40   1296.70  

Every  teacher  has  been  involved  in  professional  learning  and  development  either  internally  or  externally.  The  total  spent  on  internal  and  external  courses  was  $29,270.79external  figure  only  and  $11,700  approximately  was  spent  on  relief  for  teachers  attending  courses.  

Page 35: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student Support Networks 33page

Page 36: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 34  

Table  of  Contents  

INTRODUCTION  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  36  

PRIMARY  GOAL  &  CRITICAL  SUCCESS  FACTORS  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................  36  

SUPPORT  NETWORK  FRAMEWORK  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  37  

STUDENT  SERVICES  ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  38  Services  provided  by  Senior  Deans  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  39  Services  provided  by  Careers  Department  .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  40  Student  Welfare  Dean  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  41  Health  Centre  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  41  

GUIDANCE  DEPARTMENT  ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  42  Staffing  2014  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  42  Counselling  in  the  Post  Earthquake  Environment  in  Christchurch.  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................  42  Counselling  in  the  Hagley  Context  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  43  Social  &  Emotional  Skills  Programme  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  43  Professional  Development  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  43  Workload  2014  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  43  Red  Cross  Christchurch  Schoolchildren’s  Grant  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................  43  Financial  Reporting  as  at  September  2014  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  44  

MAORI  MENTORING  PROGRAMME  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  45  Māori  learners  achieving  education  success  as  Māori  .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................  45  Report  for  2014    -­‐  Number  of  students  profiled:  .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................  47  NCEA  &  the  Whanau  Hui  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  47  Trips  away  for  Maori  Students  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  48  Work  Placement  Programme  –  Kia  Ora  Hauora  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................  48  

STUDENT  ATTENDANCE  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  48  Background  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  48  Student  Attendance  during  2014  .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  49  Attendance  and  Kamar  2014  ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  51  IYB  Students  .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  53  Monitoring  Truancy  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  53  Rock  On  Initiative  (Reduce  Our  Community  Kids  Offending  Now)  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................  53  Rock  On  –  What  is  it  about  and  how  does  it  work?  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................  54  

SAFE  LEARNING  ENVIRONMENTS  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  55  

CAREER  PATHWAYS  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  57  Introduction  .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  57  Correspondence  School  Students  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  57  Canterbury  Tertiary  College  (CTC)  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  57  

Page 37: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 35  

Visitors/Visiting  Speakers  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  57  Off  site  Visits  and  Professional  Development  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  57  STAR  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  57  Hagley  Barista  Course  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  58  Gateway  ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  58  Challenges  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  59  Successes  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  59  Employment  Skills  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  59  Use  of  Careers  Room  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  59  Year  9  and  10  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  59  Year  11  .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  59  Year  12  and  13  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  59  Adults  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  60  Summary  of  Goals  for  2014  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  60  Goals  for  2015  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  60  

     

Page 38: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 36  

INTRODUCTION    Successful  students  develop  personal  strengths  including  grit,  tenacity,  perseverance,  and  positive  academic  mindsets.  They  also  learn  broader  social  and  emotional  competencies  such  as  interacting  with  diverse  individuals  and  groups  in  socially  skilled  and  respectful  ways:  practicing  positive,  safe,  and  healthy  behaviours;  and  contributing  responsibly  and  ethically  to  their  peers,  family,  school,  and  community.    Effective  and  successful  schools  foster  students’  academic,  social  and  emotional  competencies.  Students  learn  to  read  so  they  can  read  to  learn.  Students  also  learn  to  relate  so  that  they  can  navigate.  Hagley  College  is  committed  to  promote  students  academic,  social,  and  emotional  learning  so  that  students  will  possess  the  basic  competencies,  work  habits  and  values  for  engaged  postsecondary  education,  meaningful  careers  and  constructive  citizenship.  The  purpose  of  this  Student  Support  Network  portfolio  is  to  support,  develop  and  complement  social  and  emotional  learning  with  academic  learning.    This  is  not  an  easy  or  straightforward  task  as  students  come  to  Hagley  with  significant  vulnerabilities  and  learning  skill  deficits.  Most  have  experienced  barriers  to  their  engagement  in  learning  and  therefore  they  often  lack  the  confidence  and  resilience  to  meaningfully  engage  in  their  learning  without  a  range  of  structure  and  supports.  The  college  works  with  these  students  across  five  important  interrelated  sets  of  cognitive,  affective  and  behavioural  competencies.  These  five  vital  competencies  are:  

• Self-­‐awareness  which  is  the  students  ability  to  accurately  recognise  their  emtions  and  thoughts  and  their  influence  on  behaviour.  • Self-­‐management  which  is  the  students  ability  to  regulate  their  emotions,  thoughts  and  behaviours  effectively  in  different  situations,  and  to  set  and  work  towards  personal  and  

academic  goals.  • Social  awareness  requiring  the  student  to  take  the  perspective  of  and  empathise  with  others  from  diverse  backgrounds  and  cultures  and  to  recognise  family,  school  and  community  

resources  and  supports.  • Relationship  skills  which  is  the  students  ability  to  establish  and  maintain  healthy  and  rewarding  relationships  with  diverse  individuals  and  groups  through  communicating  clearly,  

listening  actively,  cooperating,  negotiating  conflict  constructively,  and  seeking  and  offering  help  when  needed.  • Responsible  decision  making.  This  is  the  ability  of  students  to  make  constructive  and  respectful  choices  about  personal  behaviour  and  social  interactions  based  on  consideration  of  

ethical  standards,  safety  concerns,  therealistic  evaluation  of  the  consequences  that  stem  from  actions,  and  the  well  being  of  self  and  others.  

The  student  support  network  is  the  college’s  infrastructure  and  holistic  approach  to  enabling  students,  both  adolescents  and  adults,  to  acquire  and  apply  the  knowledge,  attitudes,  and  skills  necessary  to  understand  and  manage  emotions,  set  and  achieve  positive  goals,  feel  and  show  empathy  for  others,  establish  and  maintain  positive  relationships,  and  make  positive  decisions.  The  student  support  network  team  in  conjunction  with  teachers,  help  students  develop  these  competencies  by  coordinating  two  important  strategies:  

• Systematically  teaching,  modeling  ,  and  facilitating  the  application  of  social  and  emotional  competencies  in  ways  that  allows  students  to  apply  them  as  part  of  their  daily  repertoire  of  behaviours,  and  

• Establishing  safe,  caring,  and  highly  engaging  learning  environments  involving  peerand  family  initiatives  and  school-­‐wide  community  building  activities.  

This  portfolio  is  closely  aligned  to  the  strategies  of  the  student  engagement  portfolio,  the  learning  support  portfolio  and  the  junior  college    /  year  11  graduating  portfolio.  These  portfolios  sit  within  the  college’s  long-­‐term  strategy  of  ‘providing  dynamic  learning  experiences  that  support  students  wellbeing,  involvement  and  learning’.      PRIMARY  GOAL  &  CRITICAL  SUCCESS  FACTORS    The  primary  goal  of  the  Student  Support  Network  portfolio  is  the  development,  implementation  and  maintenance  of  student  support  networks  to  assist  student  engagement  and  retention  in  their  learning.  This  goal  will  be  achieved  through  the  following  critical  success  factors:  

1. Support  Network  Framework:  The  identification  of  key  student  support  functions  and  the  building  of  these  functions  into  a  comprehensive  and  holistic  student  support  framework.  2. Student  Services:  The  performance  of  individual  support  services  and  their  impact  on  the  student  support  network.  

Page 39: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 37  

3. Maori  Mentoring  Programme:  The  mentoring  and  support  of  Maori  students  to  improve  engagement  and  achievement.  4. Student  Attendance:  The  monitoring  of  student  attendance  across  the  college  and  the  use  of  attendance  data  to  inform  student  support  provision.  5. Safe  Learning  Environments:  The  provision  of  a  safe  physical  and  emotional  learning  environment  for  students.  6. Career  Pathways:  Effective  career  pathway  plans  for  all  students  from  Years  9  -­‐  13.  

 This  review  reports  on  the  performance  of  the  College  across  all  these  key  outcomes  for  2014.        SUPPORT  NETWORK  FRAMEWORK    In  December  2013,  the  Education  Review  Office  produced  a  report  “Improving  Guidance  and  Counselling  for  Students  in  Secondary  Schools.    Hagley  was  one  of  the  schools  that  ERO  visited  to  evaluate  our  Guidance  and  Counselling  Services.    Hagley  Community  College  was  acknowledged  as  a  school  where  students  were  well  supported.    Within  the  successful  schools  it  was  an  ethos  of  shared  understanding  about  the  approach  to  guidance  and  counseling  that  underpinned  provision.      ERO  stated  that  the  features  of  these  schools/wharekura  included:  

• Strong  leadership  • Strategic  resourcing  of  people,  time  and  space  • People  with  the  professional  capacity  to  help  students  manage  their  problems  or  refer  them  to  expert  help.  • Clear  expectations  around  practice  • Good  relationships  and  communication  both  internal  and  external  to  the  school/wharekura    

Within  the  ERO  report  we  identified  an  area  where  we  need  to  implement  a  regular  yearly  self-­‐review.  Through  our  internal  appraisals  and  our  meetings,  we  resolve  any  issues  if  they  appear  to  not  be  in  the  best  interests  of  good  pastoral  care.    A  review  of  the  guidance  services  by  the  students  is  being  undertaken  in  Term  2  of  2015,  to  review  how  the  students  perceive  or  use  the  student  services.    The  results  of  this  survey  will  highlight  any  areas  that  we  are  overlooking  in  how  we  are  presenting  our  services  to  students  to  ensure  a  higher  uptake.    Hagley  has  developed  a  strong  network  of  staff  who  are  identified  as  having  a  specific  role  to  play  in  the  pastoral  care  of  our  students.    The  Pastoral  Team  includes:  

• Director  of  Students    -­‐  overall  responsibility  for  the  implementation  of  Pastoral  Care  for  senior  students  • 2  fulltime  Guidance  Counsellors.    • 1  Guidance  Counsellor  on  contract  • Year  11-­‐13  Deans  • Social  Welfare  Dean    • Student  Managers  Support  person  • Attendance  Manager  • Nurse  • Careers  Advisor  • Maori  Mentoring  position  

Page 40: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 38  

• Tutors  with  responsibility  for  a  group  of  students.    Due  to  the  increased  multi-­‐  cultural  nature  of  Hagley,  the  Pastoral  Care  team  also  liaises  with  the  staff  from  the  ESOL  Department.    The  staff  in  the  ESOL  area  are  dealing  with  multiple  ethnic  groups  of  students  who  bring  particular  and  often  different  cultural  challenges  to  the  classroom.  The  Guidance  Counsellors  and  the  Director  of  Students  liaise  with  ESOL  and  Refugee  and  Migrant  Centre  when  pastoral  care  assistance  is  needed  or  to  resolve  a  situation  that  occurs  with  the  migrant  or  refugee  students,  both  adolescents  and  adults      Communication  between  all  areas  of  guidance  and  Counselling  is  extremely  strong.  Regular  meetings  are  held  specifically  focused  on  student  and  pastoral  care  needs:  

• Student  Managers  weekly  meeting-­‐  where  all  leaders  in  the  pastoral  care  of  students  attend    • Special  Needs  Meeting  –  Head  of  Junior,  plus  Director  of  Learning  Support,  Director  of  Students,  all  counselors,  RTLB  representatives  and  Nurse  meet  weekly  • Each  Level  Dean  meets  weekly  with  Director  of  Students  and  attendance  manager  Te  Ora  Hou  Year  9-­‐11    Truancy,  weekly  meeting  between  HOD  Junior  and  Year  11,  Director  of  

Students,  HOD  Counselling,  Year  11  Dean  Te  Ora  Hou  representative.    As  well  as  excellent  communication  between  the  services  that  the  Pastoral  Care  teams  provide,  there  is  strong  communication  between  the  pastoral  care  teams,  the  classroom  teachers  tutors,  caregivers,  HOD’s  and  Senior  Management.    The  Director  of  Students  and  the  HOD  Guidance  attend  the  HOD  meetings  where  there  is  always  a  pastoral  input  when  necessary.      The  pastoral  care  teams  provide  assistance  and  advice  to  all  classroom  teachers  regarding  any  pastoral  care  issues  they  encounter  in  their  classrooms.    Staff  meetings  are  held  around  specific  pastoral  care  issues  involving  staff  such  as  dealing  with  mental  health  issues  students  exhibit,  medical  issues  identifying  and  dealing  with  students  under  the  influence  of  drugs,  and  how  to  access  the  assistance  they  need  at  all  times.        Staff  are  presented  with  material  that  advises  them  of  all  of  the  procedures  in  dealing  with  our  very  vulnerable  a  students,  so  that  the  network  of  support  can  be  put  in  place  in  the  best  way  to  support  the  students  and  the  staff.      STUDENT  SERVICES  Our  current  system  of  pastoral  care  is  intensive  and  extensive.  It  has  a  team  of  dedicated  and  committed  specialists  who  do  a  fantastic  job  with  amazing  life  changing  individual  results  for  students.  Most  of  this  work  happens  behind  the  scenes  but  is  invaluable  in  ensuring  students  stay  connected  to  their  school  and  their  learning.      Through  the  generous  allocation  of  staffing  the  College  has  developed  a  very  strong  wide  reaching  number  of  services  that  provide  pastoral  support,  counseling  and  guidance.  These  support  services  provide  assistance  for  a  student  in  all  areas,  emotional,  physical,  financial,  future  directions,  relevant  course  of  study,  and  aspects  of  their  life  outside  the  College,  personal  development,  all  of  which  are  important  for  student  engagement.                                                                The  tables  below  identify,  the  services  the  main  areas  of  pastoral  care  provide,  how  these  support  the  students,  how  they  measure  the  success  of  these  services,  and  who  they  connect  with  within  the  College  and  on  the  Community.  These  tables  show  the  depth  of  communication  that  our  pastoral  services  provide.        

Page 41: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 39  

Guidance  Services    What  service  or  programs  do  you  offer      *Confidential  /  individual  counselling  for  all  students  for  all  students    *Support  and  short  term  counselling  for  staff  and  members  of  the  wider  community    *Contact  point  for  outside  agencies  involved  with  students    *Group  work  programme    for  Emotional  and  Skill  Development    growth  (  Passage  works  programme  provided  by  Glenyse.)    *Contribution  to  the  creation  of  a  positive,  pro-­‐social  learning  environment  which  is  safe  for  vulnerable  students.    *Input  into  school  discipline  system  by  providing  support  and  on  going  work  after  stand  down  meetings.  

How  do  your  services  support  the  students?    *  Our  service  contributes  to  the  engagement  and  retention  of  students  and  enables  students  to  be  in  contact  with  a  broad  pro-­‐social  environment.    *  Research  indicates  that  the  longer  a  student  is  in  contact  with  such  an  environment  the  more  successful  they  are.    *  Provides  a  safe  time-­‐out  space  for  vulnerable  students.  *  Students  know  the  Guidance  Centre  as  a  place  they  can  go  to  when  there  is  a  personal  crisis    

How  do  you  measure  how  successful  these  services  are?    *Retention  and  engagement  figures  of  vulnerable  students.      *We  also  look  at  “value-­‐added  component  when  at-­‐risk  students  become  engaged  and  remain  at  work.      Students  who  have  been  seeing  the  counsellors  reach  a  point  whereby  they  feel  no  longer  need  l.    

What  other  people/  services  do  you  liaise  with?    Ministry  of  Education  Youth  Specialty  Services  Southern  Regional  Health  School  Ministry  of  social  Development      (CYF)  Psych  Services-­‐  Christchurch  Hospital  Parents  Other  guidance  counsellors  through  out  Christchurch  Special  Needs  Meetings  with  Learning  Support  Director  and  Senior  staff  Te  Or  Hou    Attendance  Meetings  RTLB  Year  Level  Deans  9  -­‐13  Tutors  Staff  Hagley  Adult  Literacy  Centre  Police    

   Services  provided  by  Senior  Deans      What  services/programmes  do  you  offer  to  students/the  college?    *  Responsibilities  for  pastoral  care  of  a  cohort  of  students  *  Follow-­‐up  on  students  who  are  referred  by  staff  regarding  attendance,  personal  issues,  classroom  behaviors  *  Liaise  with  students  and  parents  when  issues  occur  at  the  school    

How  do  your  services  support  the  students?    *Provide  ongoing  pastoral  care  *Provide  encouragement  for  students  who  are  struggling  with  their  studies  *Changing  students  program  when  necessary  to  support  the  students  learning  *Advocating  for  students  when  there  is  a  difficulty  getting  in  the  way  of  their  learning.  *Provide  open  and  honest  discussions  with  

How  do  you  measure  how  successful  these  services  are?    *  Improved  engagement  by  the  students  after  working  with  a  Dean  *  Positive  feedback  and  appreciation  from  both  students  and  staff  when  success  is  achieved.  *  Kamar  data  that  shows  improved  attendance,  retention  and  NCEA  success.  

What  other  people/services  do  you  liaise  with  (  inside  or  outside  of  the  college)    Classroom  Teacher  /Tutors  Parents  and  Caregivers  /Whanau  Tutors  Other  Level  Deans  HOD  Year  11  Director  of  Students  Student  Support  Staff  

Page 42: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 40  

*Supporting  students  who  refer  themselves  to  Deans  in  relation  to  personal  issues  or  problems  in  their  classes.  *Support  students  whose  health  /  mental  health  is  beginning  to  impede  on  their    *Refer  students  to  appropriate  staff  such  as  counsellors,  or  careers  advisor.  *Providing  information  for  caregivers  on  attendance,  work,  achievement  etc.  when  required.  *Change  subjects  if  current  program  is  a  genuine  barrier  to  the  learning  *Prize  Giving  /Achievement    *ensuring  data  on  students  is  placed  on  Kamar.      

the    *Encouraging  students  to  think  about  what  they  are  doing  at  school  and  what  they  need  to  do  to  ensure  success  at  the  end  of  the  year.    *Helping  students  who  are  struggling  at  school  to  make  better  decisions  by  exposing  them  to  other  options  such  as  courses  they  could  transition  to  that  would  be  more  beneficial  to  them.  *Liaising  some  times  with  parents  on  behalf  of  the  students  when  there  is  a  disconnect  between  student  and  parent  expectations  and  student  wishes  and  desires  

*  Reported  successes  of  students  that  have  been  transitioned  as  a  result  of  Dean  positive  intervention.  *  Students  do  not  keep  being  referred  back  to  the  Deans  for  the  same  issues  or  attendance  rates.  *  Increased  retention  rates  at  each  level  *  Satisfaction  with  the  number  of  student  who  achieve  at  the  NCEA  level  at  the  end  of  the  year.  *Reduction  in  the  number  of  students  who  disappear  from  the  school  without  a  positive  transition.  *Students  returning  the  following  year  rather  than  leaving  without  qualifications  as  soon  as  they  turn  16  years  of  age    

Attendance  Manager  Counsellors  Careers  Staff  NZQA  Administrator  Enrolment  Centre  Director  of  Learning  Support  Director  of  Student  Placement  Senior  Management  Te  Ora  Hou  Attendance  Service  Rock  On      

   Services  provided  by  Careers  Department    What  services  or  programmes  do  you  offer  to  students/the  college?  Employment  Skills    Gateway    Career  Counselling  Star  Courses  CV    Testimonials  CTC  -­‐  Mentoring    Work  experience  Maori  Mentoring  Tertiary  connections  Careers  room    Junior  Career  Programmes  Careers  evening  Industry  Visits  

How  do  your  services  support        the  students?  All  our  services  support  our  students  to  develop  their  career  competency  skills  and  assist  them  in  making  career  and  transition  choices.    Support  students  in  applying  for  jobs.  Exposure  to  different  career  information  Provide  students  with  up  to  date  career  and  study  information  so  they  can  make  informed  decisions  Career  development  plans.      

How  do  you  measure  how  successful  these  services  are?    Gateway  is  measured  against  the  TEC  target.    We  measure  our  career  services  and  programmes  against  the  careers  benchmarks.  We  ask  the  student  s  we  work  with  if  they  feel  we  have  helped  them.  Attendance  at  tertiary  visits  and  careers  evening.  Student  credit  management  to  attain  level  2  NCEA  Teacher  and  Dean  feedback      

What  other  people/services  do  you  liaise  with  (inside  or  outside  of  the  college)      Deans/Counsellors/Teachers/SMT  All  NZ  tertiary  providers  Youth  Services  Careers  NZ  CATE  Rock  on  Local  Businesses        

Page 43: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 41  

Mini  expos  Vocational  Pathways  Mentoring  Course  planning    Student  Welfare  Dean    What  services  or  programs  do  you  offer  students?    Support  students  to  find  options  for  accommodation.  Supporting  students  to  manage  finances  to  remain  at  school  Support  students  to  manage  their  finances  to  be  able  to  stay  at  school  Support  students  to  complete  all  applications  for  outside  agencies  e.g.  WINZ,  NZ  Housing,  Training  Allowances,  Study  Link    Advising  students  as  to  what  help  is  available  for  their  physical  and  mental  health  issues  (Dean  is  a  trained  Counsellor)  

How  do  your  services  support  the  students?    Assisting  students  who  are  under  18  years  of  age  who  are  unable  to  live  at  home  due  to  family  breakdown  Assisting  over  18yer  olds  to  find  accommodation.    Assisting  students  whose  families  have  been  affected  by  earthquakes  and  in  financial  difficulties  by  helping  with  bus  money/  food  through  Red  Cross  Schoolchildren’s  Grant.    Many  students  do  not  have  an  adult  in  their  life  to  assist  them  in  problem  solving    Providing  other  options  of  support  for  students,  assisting  in  completion  forms    

How  do  you  measure  how  successful  these  services  are?    Direct  feedback  form  students  as  they  achieve  their  goals    Students  attendance  increases  and  stabilizes    Feedback  from  staff  who  notice  a  students  progress  after  being  helped    

What  other  people  /services  do  you  liaise  with?    WINZ  298  Youth  Health  Centre  IRD  Housing  NZ  Other  Accommodation  facilities.  School  Nurse  Counsellors  Teaching  staff  Student  Managers  Deans  

 Health  Centre    What  services  /programmes  do  you  offer  to  students.  Basic  First  Aid-­‐  responding  to  student  need  or  accidents  Heath  Room  facilities  for  students  to  have  time  out,  unwell,  in  pain  Make  appointments  for  students  with  FPA,  Doctors,  and  Dentists.  Counsellors    Classroom  Education  re  health  issues,  as  part  of  Health  Education  Organising  Drug  Testing  of  students  as  

How  do  your  services  support  the  students?  The  service  the  Health  Centre  provides  for  the  students  is  a  safe  and  confidential  place  for  them  to  seek  medical  help  or  advice.    The  Nurse  is  the  liaison  person  with  other  staff,  members  of  outside  agencies  on  behalf  of  the  students,  so  that  the  student  can  remain  fully  engaged  in  their  education  and  receive  assistance  to  becoming      physically  and  mentally  well.  

How  do  you  measure  how  successful  these  services  are?  Students  return  throughout  the  year  for  their  health  issues  after  establishing  a  trusting  relationship.  They  “pop”  in  to  simply  let  the  nurse  know  that  they  are  doing  well.  The  go  back  to  the  nurse  in  a  crisis  situation    or  if  they  get  ill.  They  go  the  nurse  with  very  personal  problems  and  then  will  trust  her  if  she  refers  

What  other  people/  services  do  you  liaise  with  (inside  or  outside  of  the  College)  Classroom  teachers  Deans  Counsellors  Families  (parents/  caregivers/grand  parents)  Family  Planning  Sexual  Health  Clinics  Doctors  /  Dentist/  Opticians  Accident  Emergency  Department  Christchurch  Laboratories  

Page 44: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 42  

required  as  part  of  discipline  system  Liaising  with  Ambulance  and  police  as  required.  Ensure  all  First  Aid  kits  are  supplied  and  up  to  date  in  all  areas  of  the  school  when  needed.  Maintaining  and  updating  medical  equipment  needed  in  the  school    Organise  Flu  Injections  for  staff  and  students    

   

them  on  to  counsellors    etc.  Ex-­‐students  will  call  in  to  see  her,  to  talk  about  their  lives  since  they  have  left  school  and  many  bring  in  their  babies  to  show  them  off.  Parents  show  appreciation  of  her  actions  when  their  sons  or  daughters  are  treated  by  Ann  at  school.    

Diabetes  Centre  Richmond  Fellowship  298  Health  Clinic    /  YSS    Southern  Regional  Health  School      

   GUIDANCE  DEPARTMENT  The  expertise  of  the  guidance  counselors  is  an  essential  cornerstone  of  our  pastoral  care.    Their  ability  to  do  their  work  is  compromised  by  the  steady  increase  in  the  number  of  students  presenting  with  already  diagnosed  mental  health  issues.    The  goals  of  the  Guidance  Team  at  Hagley  College  are  to  provide  effective  and  efficient  counselling  to  meet  the  needs  of  individual  students,  groups  of  students  and  others  within  the  Hagley  Community.  These  goals  are  consistent  with  and  are  intended  to  fulfil  the  requirement  that  all  schools  provide    ‘good  guidance  and  counselling’  and  ‘inform  parents  of  matters  which  may  slow  a  student’s  progress  or  which  are  harming  the  student’s  relationships  with  staff  and  other  students,  under  the  provision  of  the  Education  Act  1989.  What  constitutes  ‘Good  guidance  and  counselling’  is  defined  for  us  by  the  codes  of  conduct  of  the  relevant  professional  bodies  to  which  Guidance  staff  belong.  In  addition  the  Guidance  Team  provides  a  limited  service  to  meet  the  pastoral  needs  of  staff,  especially  in  relation  to  the  particular  needs  of  working  with  demanding  students  and  those  with  special  needs.  The  alignment  of  pastoral  and  education  needs  is  a  particular  characteristic  of  Hagley’s  approach  to  supporting  students.    The  Guidance  Team  maintains  high  standards  of  confidentiality  as  required  by  established  counselling  practices  and  within  the  context  of  the  Education  Act.  In  order  to  support  students  as  required  by  the  Act,  Guidance  staff  liaise  and  maintain  contact  with  a  wide  range  of  community  agencies,  adolescent  mental  health  providers  and  other  educational  providers,  in  particular  the  Southern  Regional  Health  School.    Staffing  2014  During  2014  Guidance  establishment  was  two,  supplemented  by  an  extra  counsellor  provided  by  funding  from  the  Red  Cross  Christchurch  Schoolchildren’s  Grant.  Having  three  staff  has  enabled  us  to  maintain  a  more  complete  service  to  vulnerable  and  needy  young  students.  We  are  convinced  that  this  is  an  element  in  the  retention  of  this  group,  some  of  whom  have  ‘customized  ‘programmes  developed  by  Guidance  Staff  along  with  outside  agencies  and  our  deans.  Retention  is  identified  in  the  literature  as  being  a  major  element  in  developing  ‘resilience’  which  in  turn  is  a  protection  factor  in  avoiding  delinquent  behaviour  and  in  predicting  future  success  in  the  wider  community.  (see  McLaren,  Tough  is  not  enough-­‐getting  smart  about  youth  crime,  ministry  of  Youth  Affairs  2000)    Counselling  in  the  Post  Earthquake  Environment  in  Christchurch.  Our  understanding  of  how  to  work  in  the  post-­‐  Earthquake  environment  in  Christchurch  is  informed  by  anecdotal  experience,  collegial  input  and  by  reference  to  the  literature  describing  the  experiences  of  communities  recovering  from  the  trauma  of  natural  disasters.  During  2014  we  seemed  to  move  through  into  a  phase  of  frustration  and  alienation  related  to  the  massive  changes  within  a  previously  ‘known  ‘environment”.  In  Canterbury  the  situation  remains  much  as  was  reported  in  2013  with  increased  rates  of  mental  unwellness  as  indicated  by  high  rates  of  referrals  to  mental  and  general  health  providers.  For  young  people  issues  seem  to  revolve  around  physical  disruption,  relationship  break  ups,  and  in  particular  concerns  about  the  future.  

Page 45: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 43  

There  is  a  strong  indication  form  community  and  Crown  agencies  that  young  people  continue  to  experience  feelings  of  dislocation  and  unease  as  they  believe  they  will  have  to  leave  Christchurch  to  find  work  and  accommodation.    Counselling  in  the  Hagley  Context  During  2014  Hagley  continued  to  enroll  a  large  number  of  students  with  a  wide  range  of  issues  which  might  or  do  impact  upon  their  ability  to  engage  with  Education.  While  we  have  become  clearer  about  limiting  the  number  of  students  who  have  behaviour  al  issues  we  continue  to  work  with  students  who  have  mental  health,  learning  and  social  issues.  We  have  a  significant  population  of  students  who  are  the  ASD  spectrum  (Autism  Spectrum  Disorder).  Mental  health  issues  range  from  major  psychiatric  illness  to  issues  of  depression,  anxiety,  school  refusal  and  manifestations  of  the  above  in  terms  of  eating  disorders  and  self-­‐  harm.  This  creates  a  special  social  landscape  of  high  need  and  moderate  risk.  I  believe  our  approach  which  links  sound  counselling  practice  with  close  internal  liaison  with  other  staff  on  site  (teaching  staff)  produces  good  results  and  a  safe  environment  for  students  and  staff.  Schools  are  increasingly  seen  as,  in  effect,  primary  mental  health  care  providers  in  that  we  provide  for  unwell  students  on  a  daily  basis.  Guidance  Staff  are  particularly  supportive  of  the  ‘Special  Character’  school  application,  which  we  feel,  may  allow  us  more  flexibility  in  providing  for  the  varied  needs  of  students.    Social  &  Emotional  Skills  Programme  In  2013  I  noted  the  work  being  done  by  Glenyse  Highland  in  delivering  a  social  and  emotional  skills  programme  which  she  brought  back  from  the  “Passage  Works’  Institute  in  Boulder,  Colorado.  This  has  run  in  a  limited  way  through  2012/13  with  junior  classes.  This  continued  in  2014.  It  is  resource  intensive  and  difficult  for  us  to  sustain  with  the  existing  staffing.  We  believe  this  programme  is  very  relevant  to  Hagley  as  testing  of  our  junior  classes  on  entry  suggests  many  are  functioning,  in  terms  of  their  social  skills  well  below  the  level  which  is  necessary  to  engage  with  the  year9  curriculum    Professional  Development  This  has  to  be  seen  in  the  context  of  us  wanting  to  remain  as  Registered  Teachers.  The  counselling  team  receives  outside  supervision  on  a  monthly  basis.  We  are  involved  with  regular  seminars  organized  through  CAF-­‐Link.  We  are  aiming  at  20  hrs  of  professional  Development  each  year.  All  three  counsellors  are  currently  registered  teachers.  Guidance  staff  also  meet  once  every  two  weeks  for  peer  supervision,  case  discussion  and  support.    Workload  2014  During  2014  all  appointment  times  were  committed.  This  has  often  compromised  our  ability  to  manage’  walk  in’  clients.    It  is  increasingly  difficult  for  us  to  build  some  ‘float’  into  the  system  to  enable  us  to  pick  up  students  who  arrive  in  need.  Doing  this  sometimes  involves  having  to  cancel  appointments  or  interrupt  a  time  with  a  student  in  order  to  meet  what  might  be  a  great  need.  This  can  lead  to  situations  which  are  professionally  compromising.  It  also  places  stress  on  the  need  to  keep  good  records,  to  follow  up  requests  from  parents  for  support  and  to  do  our  own  professional  development.  Guidance  staff  continue  to  be  involved  in  meetings  which  we  see  as  vital  to  maintain  an  integrated  approach  to  student  management,  for  example,  Special  Needs  Meeting,  Attendance  Meeting  and  Student  Managers  Meeting.  Staffing  will  continue  to  be  an  issue.  Comparisons  with  other  schools  would  suggest  a  permanent  establishment  of  three  should  be  the  minimum.    Red  Cross  Christchurch  Schoolchildren’s  Grant  Funding  from  Red  Cross  finishes  in  May,  which  is  the  end  of  our  contract.  Below  is  the  statement  that  we  forwarded  to  Red  Cross  in  September  2014,  laying  out  the  expected  expenditure.  The  amounts  of  money  will  have  decreased  in  some  areas  as  the  events  have  already  happened.    The  finding  received  has  been  greatly  appreciated  by  the  College,  especially  in  providing  funds  to  retain  a  3rd  Guidance  Counsellor.    The  hardship  grant  has  helped  many  students  whose  families  were  affected  by  the  earthquakes  due  to  loss  of  home,  financial  security,  or  relationship  breakdowns.  The  College  has  been  able  to  support  many  events  for  students  and  families,  which  have  been  very  positive  experiences  for  all  concerned,  at  no  cost  to  the  parents.    Students  have  had  workshops  based  on  trying  to  help  them  to  rebound  when  life  throws  some  curly  balls,  and  to  help  them  with  skills  to  engage  in  their  studies.    

Page 46: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 44  

Financial  Reporting  as  at  September  2014    

Activity  or  resource   Allocated  funds  Expenditure  during  reporting  period  

Remaining  funds  Comment  on  significant  variances  between  actual    and  anticipated  spend  

Full  On  Workshops   $15,843   $5,550   $10,293   Year  12  Workshops    will  be  in  September  Accounts    

Fade   $918   0   $918   Next  Fade  workshops  scheduled  for  Term  1  2015  

Senior  Formal   $5,000   $1,049.48   $3,950.52   Senior  Formal  held    13/9  .  In  September  Accounts  

Music   $3,078   $1,119.63   $1,958.37   Junior  Music  Concert  to  be  held  in  December  

Food   $9,875   $765.46   $9,109.54   This  is  an  ongoing  expense  until  our  funding  ends.  Breakfasts  have  not  cost  as  much  as  we  expected  .  We  hope  to  keep  these  going  for  the  rest  of  this  year  and  as  long  as  we  can  next  year  However  we  will  also  be  contributing  to  individual  student  food  costs  for  the  Junior  College  camps  at  the  end  of  the  year.  Many  parents  last  December    kept  their  children  away  form    the  Year  9/10  Camp  due  to  costs  of  food.  

Fun  Days-­‐  Junior  &  Senior   $9,608   0   $9,608   Both  Senior  and  Junior  Fun  Days  will  occur  in  November  (Seniors)  and  December  (  Juniors)  

Individual  Hardship   $5,067   $3,543.55   $1,523.45   We  are  in  the  process  of  identifying  students  whose  families  are  still  in  financial  hardship  due  to  loss  of  income  or  increased  rents.    They  have  Y11-­‐13  students  whose  attendance  is  good,  have  achieved  many  credits  but  for  whom  the  $76  is  a  barrier  to  the  students  getting  their  credits.  We  are  also  sifting  through  students  whose  parents  have  applied  for  the  fees  reducation  to  assist  where  necessary.  I  believe  this  allocation  will  be  exhausted  soon.  

Counsellors   $88,027   $35,520   $52,507   This  amount  is  salaries,  and  we  are  working  within  the  budget  

Youth  Workers   $1,650   $250   $1,400   Youth  Workers  have  plans  in  Term  4  with  the  better  weather  to  provide  fun  activities  for  the  Junior  students,  

Transport   $5,920   $943.69   $4,976.31   We  continue  to  help  with  Metro  cards  whenever  required,  as  some  families  have  increased  bus  money  due  to  moving  homes  for  earthquake  repairs.  We  are  budgeting  to  help  families  with  the  transport  part  of  the  Camp  fees  as  well  this    year  as  several  families  

Page 47: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 45  

refused  to  let  their  son  or  daughter  go  on  camp,  through  not  having  the  camp  fees.  

Senior  Prize  Giving   $4,581   0   $4,581   Prize-­‐Giving  is  on  4th  November.    

Materials   $4,850   $1,437.63   $3412.37   This  budget  will  be  called  on  in  Term  4  as  senior  students  finish  their  projects  and  families  cannot  pay  for  the  materials.,  to  allow  them  to  take  them  home.    

   MAORI  MENTORING  PROGRAMME  With  the  loss  of  the  Whanau  staff  as  a  result  of  a  CAPNA,  a  void  in  the  [pastoral  and  curriculum  support  for  Maori  students  was  identified.  In  April  2014,  a  hui  was  help  for  Maori  students  and  their  whanau  ,  a  Board  of  Trustees  member  and  several  staff.    As  a  result  of  this  hui,  a    Te  Punawai  O  Waipapa  Whanau  Team  was  identified.  This  Whanau  Team  meet  monthly      Terms  of  reference  for  the  Te  Puna  Wai  O  Waipapa  Whānau  team  at  Hagley  Community  College  were  established.    Māori  learners  achieving  education  success  as  Māori  We  have  a  talented  team  of  kaiako  that  has  the  task  of  creating  ideas  and  putting  these  ideas  into  action  to  enrich  the  cultural  responsiveness  of  the  College.    This  team  will  also  be  expected  to  collaborate  with  staff,  students  and  parents  of  our  community.    The  team  of  kaiako  2015  is:    Mastura  Abd  Rahman,  Glenyse  Hyland,  Ros  Jackson,  Carmen  Kenton,  Mary  Latimer,  Joe  McCallum,  Jenny  O’Sullivan,  Peja  Street,  Glenn  Newman,  Suhaylah  Richards,  Andrew  Tebbutt,  Anna  Williams,  Diane  Wills,  Fiona  Brownlie,  Lesley  Hooper-­‐Simpson,  Faith  Oxenbridge  and  Regan  Stokes.    The  Aim  of  this  team  is  to;  

• Ako-­‐research  the  professional  learning  and  development  to  encourage  and  create  cultural  responsiveness  in  the  College  • Ako-­‐to  increase  our  knowledge  and  use  of  te  reo  in  classrooms  and  around  the  College.    To  learn  the  bi-­‐cultural  history  of  NZ.Tangata  Whenuatanga-­‐to  encourage  culturally  inclusive  

classrooms  with  wall  displays  and  resources.    Inclusive  pedagogy;  kaiako  listens  to  ākonga  voice,    e.g  tuakana  teina  (older  helping  younger  ākonga  to  learn)  talking  to  ākonga  about  their  learning,  shares  with  ākonga,  cares  about  what  ākonga  think,  shares  learning  with  Whānau.  

• Manaakitanga-­‐  Each  member  of  the  team  is  to  support  the  Māori  mentor  by  supporting  a  small  group  of  Māori  ākonga  (109  adolescent  Maori),  that  we  teach  or  have  a  relationship  with.    This  is  to  help  raise  Māori  achievement.  

• The  team  to  have  knowledge  of  scholarships  and  career  opportunities  to  enable  our  ākonga  to  have  access  to  further  education  or  training.  • To  explore  and  discover  through  marae  visits,  other  events  and  reading  tikanga  whakaaro  (  correct  use  and  guidance  of  language  and  culture).  • To  invite  Whānau  into  the  College  to  expose  them  to  what  their  tamariki  are  learning  or  how  they  can  support  their  tamariki.    The  team  will  support  the  running  of  these  hui.  • To  support  and  grow    leadship  opportunities  for  young  Māori  ākonga.  

 There  are  four  approaches  to  this  cultural  responsiveness  that  we  have  to  be  mindful  of;  

1. How  we  are  presented  to  Maaori  students  to  recruit  them.    This  can  be  done  through  word  of  mouth  and  the  marketing  the  College  engages  with.    In  2012  the  number  of  students  who  identified  as  Maaori  was  127  in  2013  this  had  risen  to  144  students.  

Page 48: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 46  

2. How  we  support  or  provide  services  to  kaiako  and  aakonga  to  enhance  the  College’s  Maaori  achievement?    At  Hagley  Community  College  all  kaiako  work  within  the  Good  practice  teaching  model  that  underpins  four  essential  skill  areas  for  kaiako  and  their  response  to  students.    The  four  areas  are:    know  your  learner,  provide  a  supportive  learning  environment,  the  kaiako  demonstrates  good  teaching  practice  and  the  kaiako  knows  the  New  Zealand  curriculum.    This  framework  allows  kaiako  to  have  a  common  language  and  it  means  the  engagement  of  the  aakonga  is  based  on  an  authentic  relationship  and  effective  teacher  practice.  

3. How  we  grow  and  support  professional  learning  and  development  for  kaiako  to  use  differentiated  instruction  and  pedagogy  to  tailor  teaching  to  the  different  needs  of  theHagley  Students.  

4. How  the  College  can  support  the  Whaanau  and  inform  parents  of  learning  so  the  parents  can  support  their  children  to  engage  and  raise  their  achievement.  

 In  2014,  Lesley  Hooper-­‐Simpson  was  employed  within  the  Careers  Department  as  a  Maori  Mentor.  The  rationale  for  the  position  was:  “As  Māori  –  mana  whenua  –  we  must  take  up  our  role  as  the  Treaty  partner  seriously.  The  changes  we  are  working  for  in  education  will  help  ensure  our  children  can  live  and  learn  as  Māori,  as  members  of  iwi,  as  descendants  of  proud  forbears,  celebrate  our  language,  our  culture  and  our  history,  and  become  the  strong  leaders  of  the  future.”    The  Māori  mentor  is  supporting  our  ākonga  by;    

1. Identifying  and  naming  the  Māori  ākonga  a. Profiling  year  9-­‐13  Māori  adolescent  ākonga  at  Hagley  Community  College  b. Providing  a  quality  assessment  and  referral  service,  gather  and  record  relevant  information  and  place  it  on  KAMAR.  

 2. Assisting  ākonga  to  overcome  barriers  to  learning  

a. Brokering  for  ākonga  who  may  be  on  the  wrong  course  or  need  assistance  to  talk  to  classroom  kaiako.  b. Monitor  ākonga  to  ensure  positive  and  sustainable  outcomes.  c. Communicating  with  whānau  if  support  from  home  is  needed  d. Encouraging  ākonga  to  meet  other  Māori  ākonga.    This  to  be  done  by  calling  hui  for  ākonga,  inviting  Whānau  in  to  hui.  e. To  liaise  with  the  te  reo  teacher  support  for  the  correspondence  ākonga.  f. Show  interest  in  the  work  created  by  ākonga  and  celebrate  and  share  it  with  other  kaiako.  g. Encouraging  goal  setting.  

 3. Providing  guidance  for  career  planning  and  transitions  

a. Career  profiling  of  all  year  9-­‐13  Māori  ākonga  b. Assisting  with  time  management  and  decision  making  skills  c. Offering  experience  to  try  work  placements,  hot  seats,  work  inspiration,  STAR  courses  and  GATEWAY  opportunities  d. Liaison  with  universities,  polytechnics,  private  providers  and  employers  to  find  suitable  career  pathways.  e. Identify  scholarship  sites  and  financial  support  for  course  fees.  

 4. Whānau  involvement  and  partnership  with  the  College.  

a. To  arrange  with  support  from  the  Hagley  Whānau  team  a  hui  for  Whānau  as  resources  allow  –to  provide  information  and  materials  that  enable  parents  to  assist  their  tamariki  in  learning.    Celebrating  ākonga  success  through  Whānau  hui.  

Page 49: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 47  

b. To  organize  the  kaiako  from  the  Whānau  team  to  mentor  a  group  of  ākonga  that  they  teach.  c. Transition  plan  for  ākonga  to  be  discussed  with  ākonga  and  Whānau.  

 Personnel  strengths  and  skills  required  of  the  mentor  

• Maintain  ākonga  and  school  confidentiality  of  information  • Maintain  quality  standards  and  represent  Hagley  Community  College  in  a  professional  manner  • Develop  strong  networks  and  referral  processes  with  necessary  staff.  • Build  and  maintain  relationships  with  ākonga,  Whānau,  staff,  tertiary  providers  and  external  groups  within  our  community.  • Meet  regularly  with  the  Career’s  team  to  provide  progress  and  share  information  to  support  ākonga.  • Attend  professional  learning  and  development  as  needed  on  educational  and  vocational  issues  pertinent  to  work  with  Māori  ākonga.  

 Report  for  2014    -­‐  Number  of  students  profiled:  

• 34  Yr  13  Māori  students  profiled    o 8  students  looking  at  Gap  Year          o 11  students  attending  tertiary  providers    o 7  students  are  unsure  2015  o 5  students  going  to  work  

• 20  Yr  12  Māori  students  profiled  o 10  students  returning  to  Hagley                                  o 4  attending  Tertiary  providers  o 1  student  Working  o 5  students  Unsure  2015  

• 16  Yr  11  Māori  students  o 9  students  returning  to  Hagley                                              o 4  attending  Tertiary  providers  o 1  student  Working  o 5  students  Unsure  2015        

• 14  Yr  10  Māori  students  group  profiled  

Profiles:  Arranged  and  developed  1:1  mentoring  arrangements  with  senior  students  and  provided  support  for  distressed  pupils  individually  or  in  small  groups.  Management  plans  were  organised  to  assist  students  who  wanted  and  needed  further  follow  up.  A  majority  of  senior  Maori  students  attended  STAR  courses  during  2014    NCEA  &  the  Whanau  Hui    Invited  CNZ  to  our  Whānau  hui  to  look  at  NCEA  and  how  it  works,  to  consider  the  best  options  and  choices  to  advance  their  whānau  aspirations  and  to  support  their  children  to  succeed  and  identify  a  plan  of  action  that  is  relevant  to  them.    Entertainment  was  provided  by  3  of  our  Maori  student  music  group  ARYZE.  This  was  well  attended  with  approximately  50  students  and  whānau  on  the  night.      

Page 50: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 48  

Trips  away  for  Maori  Students    • 4  Year  12  Māori  students  to  attend  the  University  of  Canterbury’s  Te  Ara:  Year  12  Māori  Pathways.    For  prospective  students  an  opportunity  to  see  how  their  current  school  subjects  

can  relate  and  progress  into  our  degree  programmes  by  attending  lectures  held  by  our  colleges  and  to  hear  from  current  UC  students  • 8  Yr13  Māori  students  visited  University  of  Otago  and  Otago  Polytechnic  and  noho  Marae  in  Hampden.  

 Correspondence  Maori  -­‐  4  students  studied  Te  Reo  Maori  from  NCEA  L1  through  to  NCEA  L3  at  the  start  of  the  year.    Yr  13  students  were  enrolled  at  the  beginning  of  Term  2.  Total  5.  No  students  completed  their  studies  due  to  difficulty  working  on  computer  and  personal  issues    Work  Placement  Programme  –  Kia  Ora  Hauora  3  Yr  13  Students  who  identified  an  interest  in  a  career  in  Health  were  selected  to  attend  a  week-­‐long  work  placement  at  Christchurch  Hospital.    This  provided  the  opportunity  for  the  students  to  see  first  hand  what  kaimahi  encounter  on  a  day-­‐to-­‐day  basis  within  different  areas  of  Christchurch  hospital.      STUDENT  ATTENDANCE    Background  The  population  of  Hagley  Community  College  has  always  and    continues  to  be  as  diverse  in  age  as  they  are  in  culture  and  language.  The  nature  of  the  College  in  offering  students  individual  programmes  across  levels  of  study,  intermingled  with  full  and  part-­‐time  programmes,  Schools  Within  Schools  and  Package  coures,  makes  the  monitoring  of  attendance  on  a  daily  basis  a  difficult  task,  but  one  in  which  the  College  has  endeavoured  to  establish  a  range  of  strategies  to  support  students  maintain  their  programmes  of  learning.  All  these  strategies  work  towards  maintaining  the  student  in  the  College  (retention)  and  maintaining  them  in  their  enrolled  classes  on  a  daily  basis  (attendance).      The  Pastoral  Care  Network  focuses  on  retaining  as  many  students  as  we  possibly  can  within  a  programme  of  study.  There  are  many  factors  that  impact  on  a  students  attendance,  and  we  are  very  successful  in  keeping  mnay  students  who  would  not  remain  at  school,  if  it  were  not  for  the  wrap  around  support  that  we  out  in  place.          Attendance  statistics  do  not  reflect  the  amount  of  work  that  the  pastoral  care  team  put  into  stdents  and  their  caregivers  to  achieve  a  positive  result.    Often  assisting  a  stundet  to  identify  that  moving  on  to  a  training  programme  or  another  learning  insitution  such  as  CPIT  is  an  extremely  positive  step,  although  the  student  leaves  the  Hagley  environment.  We  believe  that  “non-­‐attendance  is  a  sympton”  not  the  problem  and  our  team  work  to  identify  the  issues  affecting  a  stidnets  ability  to  engage  in  their  learning.    Our  successes  are  not  often  identified  within  statistics  but  are  reflected  in  the  retention  of  students  who  return  for  another  year  or    their  moving  on  into  their  future  with  confdence.    To  place  this  issue  of  attendance  and  retention  in  context  it  must  be  remembered  that  over  85%  of  our  students  are  post-­‐compulsory  aged  students.  Most  of  these  adolescent  students  come  from  other  schools  because  they  are  disengaging  or  have  disengaged  from  their  learning.  The  issues  they  bring  relate  to  learning  deficits,  social  issues  of  engagement,  and  medical  concerns  that  are  acting  as  significant  barriers  to  learning  engagement.  Whilst  some  have  experienced  success,  many  do  not  view  their  previous  education  positively.    What  is  of  real  value  is  that  the  students  have  made  an  active  decision  to  come  to  Hagley  Community  College.  The  challenge  for  the  College  is  to  build  on  this  proactive  response  and  to  effectively  ‘capture  the  students  back  into  learning’.  The  reality  is  that  this  takes  time  and  considerable  collective  effort  to  develop  the  skills  the  students  need  to  be  able  to  engage  in  learning  while  at  the  same  time  giving  them  the  encouragement  and  support  to  keep  them  in  their  programmes  of  learning.  The  data  is  showing  that  with  sufficient  time  and  the  right  programme  of  learning  many  of  these  students’  performance  changes,  and  their  improvement  and  achievement  is  very  significant.It  is  a  privilege  to  be  dealing  with  such  a  vulnerable  student  population  where  the  stakes  for  success  or  failure  are  extremely  high.  We  are  in  fact  at  the  cusp  of  making  a  difference  to  students’  lives.        

Page 51: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 49  

It  is  a  commitment  and  an  obligation  that  the  College  does  not  take  lightly.  With  this  in  mind  I  would  like  to  acknowledge  the  tremendous  work  and  dedication  of  staff  in  the  College  and  in  particular  the  teachers,  tutors,  deans,  counsellors  and  the  wider  Student  Support  Network  team  who  work  tirelessly  in  trying  to  keep  students  engaged  within  their  programmes  at  the  College.  Student  disengagement  from  education  is  an  international  problem  and  one  that  is  systemic  in  nature.  Performance  data  from  the  OECD  PISA  studies  shows  that  despite  NZ  students  performing  extremely  well  overall  and  with  NZ  rating  as  one  of  the  top  countries  in  the  world,  we  also  have  a  ‘long  tail’  of  poor  performance.  There  is  a  national-­‐wide  trend  that  shows  an  increasing  number  of  students  are  disengaging  from  education  with  little  or  no  formal  qualifications.    To  address  this  problem  the  college  is  re-­‐designing  the  senior  curriculum  at  Year  Levels  12  and  13.  This  redesign  is  based  on  the  research  from  the  OECD  that  says  “Learning  is  most  powerful  when  it  is  learner  centred,  strudtured  and  well  designed,  profoundly  personalised,  inclusive  and  social  (The  Nature  of  Learning:  Using  Research  to  Inspire  Practice,  OECD,  2010).  The  reasons  to  redesign  the  senior  curriculum  is  to:  personalise  learning  for  students;  develop  programmes  of  learning  not  subjects;  create  coherence  and  context  for  the  learning;  establish  the  learning  in  the  students  world;  inspire  students  to  further  learning;  and  to  gain  and  build  qualifications.  In  re-­‐designing  the  senior  curriculum  a  range  of  new  and  diverse  educational  models  to  achieve  deep  and  sustained  student  engagement  and  achievement  are  being  established.  These  models  include:  expanding  curriculum  choice;  packaging  subjects;  full  focus  courses;  programme  partnerships;  schools  within  a  school;  subject  immersion;  and  the  clustering  of  communities.    Our  intent  is  to  undertake,  through  these  different  educational  models,  something  different  and  very  significant  that  will  make  a  real  difference  to  students  who  are  struggling  to  be  at  school  or  to  engage  with  their  learning.  We  have  a  desire  to  see  them  engaged,  immersed  in  what  they  are  doing,  and  achieving  qualifications.  Not  only  are  we  employing  innovative  strategies  to  re-­‐engage  students  who  are  disengaging  from  education  but  we  are  also  ensuring  that  these  strategies  are  deeply  embedded  in  current  educational  research.  We  know  from  the  research  that  when  students  feel  valued  by  their  teachers  and  peers,  believe  their  current  learning  is  important  and  relevant,  have  the  self-­‐belief,  learning,  feedback  and  self-­‐regulation  strategies  to  make  progress,  they  are  more  highly  motivated  and  engaged  in  learning.    The  Student  Support  Network  portfolio  is  the  wrap  around  service  to  assist  and  support  students  at  a  personal  level  to  ensure  barriers  are  removed  or  obstacles  alleviated  to  enable  them  to  successfully  be  retained  in  their  programmes  of  learning.  Student  wellbeing  is  the  focus  of  this  work.      Student  Attendance  during  2014  The  mean  attendance  for  the  College  in  2001  was  56.5%.  Over  the  following  seven  years  to  2008,  this  mean  performance  improved  to  76.6%.  This  represents  a  20.1%  improvement  since  2001.  This  is  extremely  significant  as  Hagley’s  student  population  had  grown  in  size  and  presented  greater  learning  and  social  needs,  with  a  corresponding  fall  in  the  decile  rating  of  the  school  from  6  to  5.  Student  attendance  took  a  set-­‐back  in  2011  due  to  on-­‐going  earthquakes  in  Christchurch  that  severely  interfered  with  people’s  lives.  One  consequence  was  significant  changes  at  different  times  of  the  year  to  student  attendance.  The  mean  performance  of  the  College  for  student  attendance  for  2011  was  70.6%.  Attendance  of  students  rose  to  78.1%  for  2012.This  is  quite  remarkable  given  the  nature  of  the  student  body  and  the  extreme  circumstances  faced  by  students  and  their  families.    The  mean  attendance  for  all  students  at  Hagley  Community  College  for  2014  was  84.1%.  This  analysis  is  taken  from  over  160,000  individual  student  records  for  attendance  in  2014.  Overall  student  attendance  of  84.1%  is  another  milestone  result  as  it  is  the  second  time  the  total  student  population  has  exceeded  the  target  of  80%  annual  attendance  but  in  this  case  it  has  exceeded  the  target  by  4.1%.  Further  

50  60  70  80  90  100  

Year  9  

Year  10  

Year  11  Year  12  

Year  13  

Annual  A_endance  Across  Year  Levels  

%  Actual  Asendance  

%  Target  Asendance  

Page 52: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 50  

analysis  of  mean  attendance  across  year  levels  shows:  Year  9  –  91.8%;  Year  10  –  90.1%;  Year  11  –  84.5%;  Year  12  –  71.9%;  and  Year  13  –  84.5%.    The  two  most  vulnerable  year  groups  are  Year  11  and  Year  12  but  Year  11  attendance  has  improved  significantly  due  to  strategies  in  place  from  the  Year  11  Dean  during  2014.  The  vulnerability  is  particularly  significant  at  Year  12  where  many  students  enter  their  programmes  new  to  Hagley  with  little  or  no  qualifications  and  significant  skill  deficits.  A  range  of  strategies  are  in  place  including  a  Year  12  mentoring  programme  linked  to  the  Ministry  of  Education  ART  initiative.  Further  analysis  of  the  attendance  data  highlights  the  vulnerability  of  the  Year  12  cohort.    Despite  the  college  acting  as  a  regional  educational  hub  for  post  compulsory  aged  students  who  are  disengaging  or  who  have  disengaged  from  learning  and  therefore  arrive  at  the  college  with  learning  deficits  and  significant  vulnerability,  the  college  works  hard  to  keep  students  in  their  programmes  of  learning.  While  this  continues  to  be  a  difficult  challenge  the  college  is  making  very  good  progress  in  turning  around  students’  lives.    One  of  the  most  exciting  outcomes  is  the  successes  that  are  being  achieved  at  both  Year  11  and  Year  13.  This  can  be  seen  in  the  ‘higher’  attendance  figures  at  Year  11  and  Year  13  of  84.5%  and  the  increasing  achievement  data  of  NCEA  L2  and  NCEA  L3  for  Year  13  students.  The  impact  of  new  models  of  programme  design  such  as  the  schools  within  schools  initiative  are  having  a  positive  impact.  A  term  by  term  (Term  1  –  Term  3)  analysis  of  the  attendance  data  which  includes  justified  absences  provides  another  perspective  on  creating  an  understanding  of  what  is  happening  for  these  student  cohorts.  Years  9,10  and  13  have  attendance  above  the  target  figure  of  80%  and  maintain  this  throughout  Terms  1  to  3.  This  is  a  good  performance  result  especially  in  Year  13  which  is  a  very  large  cohort  of  diverse  students.    Year  11  is  of  concern  when  the  Term  data  is  analysed.  It  begins  with  positive  attendance  in  Term  1  with  the  attendance  rate  above  the  target  figure  of  80%.  It  then  has  a  decline  of  7.3%  in  attendance  in  3.  However,  Year  11  is  a  positive  outcome  for  the  significant  improvement  in  attendance  both  in  terms  of  its  mean  attendance  of  84.5%  and  a  significant  improvement  at  its  most  vulnerable  term  3  with  a  10.5%  improvement  from  2013  (68.4%)  to  78.9%  in  2014.  The  impact  odf  the  strategies  at  Year  11  are  hving  a  marked  improved  effect.    Year  12  is  of  more  serious  concern.  This  is  a  very  vulnerable  group,  many  of  whom  enter  Hagley  with  little  of  no  qualification  achievement  from  their  past  educational  experience.  These  students  start  with  an  attendance  rate  4%  below  the  target  expectation  of  80%.  This  attendance  declines  over  Terms  2  to  3  reaching  a  low  level  of  59.8%.  The  challenge  for  the  college  is  to  keep  these  figures  in  context.  We  know  these  students  are  vulnerable  and  lack  key  essential  learning  skills.  We  also  know  that  we  need  time  to  develop  these  skills.  It  is  for  this  reason  that  these  figures  need  to  be  compared  to  the  retention  data  which  is  a  measure  of  the  college’s  capacity  to  continue  to  engage  these  students.  I  would  strongly  recommend  that  the  Student  Support  team  identify  and  monitor  the  whole  Year  12  cohort  for  both  attendance  and  retention.  As  an  example:  of  the  239  students  enrolled  as  Year  12  students  in  2013,  177  re-­‐enrolled  into  the  college  for  2014.  This  is  a  74.1%  retention  for  this  cohort  and  would  suggest  that  the  college  is  continuing  to  engage  many  of  these  students.  The  data  for  2014  is  

10  

10.6  

11  

13.7  

54.7  

%  Student  Populaaon  Year  9   Year  10   Year  11   Year  12   Year  13  The  distributon  of  

Hagley's  student  populaton  is  very  unique.  Over  half  the  college's  student  populaton  is  designated  as  Year  13.  The  remaining  student  cohorts  (Years  9,  10,  11  and  12)  respectvely  make  up  10  to  14%  of  the  college's  populaton.  

Over  85%  of  students  are  of  post-­‐compulsory  age.  

40  

50  

60  

70  

80  

90  

100  

Term  1   Term  2   Term  3  

%  Student  A_endance:  Terms  1-­‐3  

Year  9  

Year  10  

Year  11  

Year  12  

Year  13  

Asendance  Target  80%  

Page 53: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 51  

very  similar  with  a  77.1  retention  rate.      The  annual  mean  attendance  figures  in  the  last  13  years  show  this  progress.  In  2001  the  mean  attendance  was  56.5%.  This  has  incrementally  improved  to  84.1%  which  represents  a  27.6  percentage  point  increase.  This  performance  needs  to  be  maintained  with  annual  attendance  above  80%.  This  material  is  generated  from  the  college’s  SMS  Kamar:  Attendance,  Absences  and  Truancy  reports.    

       Attendance  and  Kamar  2014  Since  Kamar  became  ully  operational  since  the  beginning  of  2011,  we  have  been  able  to  retrieve  attendance  information  in  an  accurate  and  efficient  manner.  The  beginning  of  each  year  is  a  crucial  time  when  the  staff  and  student  managers  need  to  be  able  to  quickly  identify  which  students  are  attending  and  those  students  who  are  not  engaging  in  all  of  their  subjects.  This  is  particularly  important  in  the  first  instance  in  tracking  the  compulsory  age  students  with  a  history  of  truanting  at  their  previous  school.    Kamar  itself  is  continually  changing  to  reflect  the  needs  of  their  clients  in  a  variety  of  different  educational  settings.    Onlky  recently  Kamar  SMS  was  upadated  to  Version  12  .  Within  this  version  there  are  many  more  improvements  which  are  allowing  users  to  find  the  information  they  require  quickly  and  to  be  able  to  have  ll  of  the  information  that  is  neede  for  pastoral  care  to  be  seen  ealily  within  many  of  the  layouts,  such  as  the  attendance  entry  layout  which  all  staff  use.  The  large  range  of  options  enjoyed  by  our  students  and  the  delivery  of  our  unique  curriculum  has  meant  that  we  continually  have  to  learn  new  processes  as  Kamar  responds  to  our  needs.  We  can  now  access  a  multitude  of  reports  for  use  by  the  student  managers  and  staff  in  their  pastoral  care  of  our  students.  Training  for  staff  is  now  very  important  to  ensure  they  can  fully  use  Kamar  to  support  them.  It  has  been  a  challenge  to  equip  the  staff  with  the  tools  to  undertake  many  of  the  functions  that  they  have  in  the  past  relied  on  student  managers  to  do.    In  2013,  KUG  (Kamar  User  Group)  established  continues  to  meet  monthly.  This  group  identifies  possible  improvements,  or  problems,  related  to  Hagley’s  requirements  of  Kamar.  This  committee  consists  of  Sue  Grigor  (ICT),  Peja  Street  (Pastoral  Care),  Sharon  Cummings  (Enrolment),  Christine  Doyle  (Programmes),  Kerry  Keats  (NZQA),  Lisa  Amer  (Administration),  and  Sue  McLachlan  (Moodle).    This  group  continues  to  meet  regularly  concentrating  on  staff  training.  A  Kamar  resource  booklet  has  been  produced  by  this  committee  and  is  updated  in  information  on  

56.5   59   63.7   67.3   69.9   74.48   70.3  76.6   79   75   70.6  

78.1   81.5   84.1  

0  10  20  30  40  50  60  70  80  90  100  

2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  

Annual  Mean  A_endance  2001  -­‐  2014  

Page 54: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 52  

a  regular  basis.    Kamar  Champions  have  been  identified  in  all  departments  ensuring  staff  have  a  support  person.  In  2014,  Kerry  Keats,  Sharon  Cummings  and  Sue  Grigor  attended  the  Kamar  Conference  in  Auckland.  They  were  updated  in  the  efficient  and  effective  use  of  Kamar.  The  information  gained  at  this  conference  was  then  given  to  staff  and  further  training  was  provided.      One  of  the  major  improvements  in  our  pastoral  care  and  attendance  systems  using  Kamar  is  that  we  can  enter  attendance  into  a  computer  “live”.  This  means  that  student  managers  can  tell  very  quickly  if  a  student  is  present  or  absent  from  a  class.  The  introduction  of  the  Parent  Portal  has  been  very  successful  and  allows  parents  and  caregivers  to  also  see  attendance  “live”.  In  Term  4  we  researched  the  effectiveness  of  a  text  notification  system,  which  links  with  Kamar.  This  system  allows  us  to  send  a  text  message  to  all  parents  via  their  cell  phones,  informing  them  that  their  student  is  absent  from  school.  This  system  wasimplemented  in  2104  with  text  messages  being  sent  twice  daily,  at  different  times.  From  discussions  with  other  schools  the  system  appears  “o  work  very  well  in  the  initial  period,  with  continual  responses  received  from  conscientious  parents;  however  responses  from  parents  who  are  continually  receiving  notifications  for  their  truant  sons  and  daughters  fall  away.”      This  has  found  true  for  Hagley.  The  parents/caregivers  of  usually  good  attenders  ring  in  regulalry  if  they  receive  an  absence  notification..  Parents  of  students  how  have  a  histioy  if  truanting  are  less  likelky  to  repond  to  the  text  message.    These  caregivers  are  then  made  contact  with  through  the  normal  system    of  notification.    Throughout  the  year  glitches  in  the  system,  whereby  staff  did  not  have  easy  access  to  a  computer,  were  ironed  out.  Wireless  has  been  established  throughout  the  school,  which  allows  staff  to  use  their  personal  laptops  in  their  classrooms.    There  are  still  some  pockets  whereby  wirless  access  is  not  strong  resulting  in  an  inability  of  staff  to  enter  data    n  a  timely  fashion.  All  staff  except  in  Physical  Education  (staff  often  outside  of  the  classroom),  the  After  3  program,  and  the  Extended  Day  exam  classes  were  entering  attendance  promptly  by  the  end  of  2014.  This  change  required  staff  to  enter  attendance  at  the  beginning  of  each  lesson  in  the  classroom  on  their  computer.  This  new  procedure  required  quite  a  change  in  mindset  of  the  staff  as  they  were  used  to  scanning  attendance  sheets  at  the  end  of  the  day.    Since  the  beginning  of  2012,  the  ability  of  parents/caregivers  to  access  “live”  attendance,  qualifications  and  College  information  from  their  own  computers  was  introduced.  In  2014,  the  number  of  parents  accessing  the  Portal  has  again  increased.  With  Kamar  being  “live”.  In  2014  staff  became  familiar  with  the  requirements  and  the  attendance  “live”  became  more  relevant  to  caregivers  and  parents,  and  have    experienced  the  consequenceswhen  this  system  is  not  followed  to  the  satisaction  of  the  caregivers.    As  a  group,  the  student  managers  are  extremely  pleased  with  the  change  to  Kamar,  with  some  often  becoming  excited  when  a  new  report  is  discovered  that  cut  their  workload  down  by  no  longer  having  to  manually  set  up  special  lists.    In  2014  once  again  the  focus  for  attendance  was  to:  

• Provide  the  pastoral  care  for  all  students  still  affected  in  wake  of  the  earthquakes  and  to  keep  them  attending.  To  ensure  that  students  suffering  from  trauma  receive  support  from  the  counselling  service  at  the  College.  

• Improve  the  attendance  of  Senior  College  students  especially  those  at  Year  12.  • Continue  to  raise  the  level  of  contact  between  tutors  and  the  caregivers  of  Year  12  students  who  have  not  contacted  the  College.  • Continue  the  retention  rate  of  students  on  IYB  at  85%+  and  to  increase  the  number  of  these  students  going  to  positive  outcomes  when  they  leave.    • Increase  the  number  of  contacts  to  caregivers  of  compulsory  age  students.    • Continue  to  monitor  the  attendance  of  truants  from  2013,  and  those  who  did  not  graduate.  • Ensure  staff  have  ongoing  training  in  the  use  of  Kamar.  • To  ensure  attendance  information  is  put  intp  Kamar  by  staff  at  the  times  required.    (still  an  ongoing  issue  at  end  of  2014)    

Page 55: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 53  

As  in  previous  years,  despite  the  increased  pastoral  care  of  students,  the  Year  12s  were  again  identified  as  the  most  vulnerable  group  for  attendance  and  retention.  Each  year  many  of  these  students  leave  for  employment  or  polytechnic  training,  indicating  that  continuing  on  to  Year  13  and  university  is  not  a  path  they  wish  to  pursue  at  that  time.      In  2014  the  Year  12  cohort  failed  to  retain  10%  of  the  original  intake.  The  biggest  contributing  factor  to  this  is  the  number  of  students  that  can  only  maintain  a  part-­‐time  programme  frequently  due  to  mental  health  issues.  Where  a  student  is  part-­‐time  the  risk  factors  for  low  achievement  are  high  and  yet  despite  this  the  college  is  incrementally  growing  the  achievement  of  this  group  in  NCEA  L2  (see  College  Effectiveness  report  on  achievement).    Also  towards  the  end  of  2014  more  businesses  were  opening  and  offering  employment  in  hospitality  and  retail  positions  into  which  many  of  these  students  were  able  gain  entry.      IYB  Students  Since    Presbyterian  Services  won  a  contract  from  DSW  to  take  over  the  work  of  WINZ  in  working  with  young  people  on  benefit.  There  has  been  a  reduction  in  the  number  of  young  people  who  joined  up  to  Hagley  whilst  on  the  IYB  and    dod  not  attend.  The  expansion  of  the  wrap-­‐around”  services,  which  allowed  IYB  students  to  undertake  other  paths  rather  than  school  appears  to  be  catering  well  for  thes  really  nulnerable  group  ,  by  giving  them  other  options.      By  working  with  PSS  we  have  been  able  to  advocate  for  students  and  have  been  successful  in  helping  those  that  enrol  with  us  to  complete  their  schooling,  move  on  to  a  course  or  go  to  employment.  By  working  with  PSS  these  students  do  not  fall  between  the  cracks  as  they  did  before.        Monitoring  Truancy  The  Ministry  of  Education  rewarded  the  contract  for  truancy  in  Christchurch  to  Te  Ora  Hou,  or  K3,  in  2013.    Unfortunately  this  service  was  not  in  place  for  the  beginning  of  the  2013  school  year.  After  this  shakey  start  ,  the  provision  of  a  good  traucy  service  has  not  improved.      Hagley  as  well  as  all  other  schools  in  Christchurch  who  had  been  serviced  by  the  Christchurch  District  Truancy  Service  have  struggled    since  their  removal.  K23,  or  Te  Ora  Hou,  have  not  been  able  to  keep  up  with  the  number  of  truancy  referrals.    Schols  have  found  that  truants  were  not  being  delat  with  and  not  returned  to  school    quickly.  This  has  frustrated  schools  and  caregivers  alike  as  it  appears  that  the  K3  service  is  greatl  understaffed  and  they  work  to  a  differnet  philosohy  than  that  wanted  by  schools.  By  the  end  of  2013,    our  K3  representaive  was  not  able  to  attend  our  meeting  due  to  being  “too  busy.    In  Novemebr  2014  I  ttended  a  Ministry    lead    review  of  the  Rock  On  programme  ,  and  the  disatisfaction  by  many  schools  was  offered  up  to  the  Ministry  of  Education  staff  present.    Rock  On  Initiative  (Reduce  Our  Community  Kids  Offending  Now)  2013  was  the  fourth  year  in  which  Hagley  had  been  involved  in  the  Rock  On  process.  We  have  gained  a  very  good  reputation  as  a  school  that  obviously  takes  truanting  seriously.  The  police  involved  are  constantly  singing  Hagley’s  praises  in  the  way  we  are  prepared  to  deal  with  attendance  and  truancy  and  place  resources  behind  this  initiative.  Having  two  support  staff  employed  in  Student  Support  with  their  finger  on  the  pulse,  they  come  to  the  Rock  On  meetings  with  in-­‐depth  and  accurate  information  on  the  truants.  At  Hagley  we  use  Rock  On  to  call  family  meetings  for  students  who  are  at  risk  of  becoming  truants.  Often  when  coming  face  to  face  with  several  staff,  the  DTS  officer  and  police,  the  young  person  often  turns  around  a  pattern  of  truancy.    Currently  the  Director  of  Student  Support  is  a  member  of  the  Rock  On  Governance  Group,  which  meets  three  times  a  year  to  evaluate  how  successful  or  otherwise  Rock  On  is  in  the  Canterbury  school.  She  is  also  a  member  of  the  Board  of  the  District  Truancy  Service.    A  Rock  On  Committee  has  been  established  at  Hagley  since  November  2009.  We  have  had  success  in  either  getting  students  to  return  to  their  classes  and  cease  truanting  or  with  some  extremely  at  risk  truants  having  been  able  to  gain  exemption  from  school,  placing  the  students  under  the  care  of  the  Ministry  of  Education  for  further  training  or  care.  In  2013  we  saw  an  increase  in  the  number  of  studnets  that  were  placed  on  Rock  On.  Many  of  these  were    new  Year  9’s  and  Year  11’s  under  the  age  of  16.    The  majority  of  these  students  were    students  who  came  tp  Hagley  with  an  already  established  pattern  of  trunacy,  some  from  early  Primary  schpol  .      

Page 56: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 54  

Rock  On  –  What  is  it  about  and  how  does  it  work?  Rock  On  is  an  inter-­‐agency  truancy  initiative  that  was  developed  by  police  staff  An  independent  evaluation  six  months  after  Rock  On  was  established  reported  improved  outcomes  for  young  people  and  the  agencies  involved.  This  evaluation  showed:    

• Improved  agency  monitoring  and  accountability.  • Significant  change  in  the  involved  schools’  response  to  truancy.  • Increased  communication  between  school  and  police.  • Reduction  in  daytime  offending.  • Young  people  progressing  off  the  target  list  into  successful  re-­‐engagement  in  school,  or  enrolling  in  training/alternative  education.  • Agencies  working  together  more  effectively  to  achieve  an  early  intervention  for  at  risk  youth.    • Increased  coordination  of  the  support  being  provided  to  young  people.  

    The  rationale  for  the  Rock  On  programme  initiative  is  based  on  the  following  factors:  

• Links  between  disengagement  in  education  and  youth  offending  have  been  well  evidenced  in  the  literature.    • Truancy  and  non-­‐participation  are  found  to  be  related  to  substance  abuse,  gang  activity,  and  involvement  in  criminal  activities  such  as  burglary,  auto  theft,  and  vandalism.    • Attendance  at  school  is  usually  regarded  as  one  of  the  “big  four”  factors  that  can  produce  resilience  in  a  young  person.    • Increasing  participation  in  school  by  young  people  is  key  to  reducing  their  anti-­‐social  behaviour  and  offending.    • Longer  term  consequences  for  disengagement  in  education  include:  worse  employment  opportunities,  lower  earnings,  greater  welfare  dependence,  homelessness  and  limited  

housing  options,  higher  involvement  in  crime,  worse  mental  health,  suicidal  thinking  and  early  pregnancy.  • The  project  aims  to  reduce  truancy  and  youth  offending  and  increase  engagement  in  education.  The  Rock  On  programme  focuses  on  the  long-­‐term  rather  than  looking  at  a  short-­‐

term  solution  such  as  picking  truants  up  and  returning  them  to  school.  With  a  premise  of  ‘addressing  the  causes  of  offending  to  reduce  offending’,  responses  to  the  young  person  and  their  family  are  focused  on  facilitating  the  appropriate  support  to  re-­‐engage  them  in  education.  The  initiative  is  action-­‐focused  and  has  been  developed  in  close  partnership  with  local  secondary  and  intermediate  schools.  Over  time,  primary  schools  have  also  become  involved.    

 Research  identifies  that  most  young  people  who  are  regularly  truanting  experience  difficult  circumstances.  One  of  the  aims  of  the  Rock  On  project  has  been  to  go  beyond  punishing  youth  or  punishing  parents  and  to  actually  address  some  of  these  risk  factors.  The  involvement  of  education,  health  and  social  service  agencies  has  been  critical  to  developing  a  response  that  is  coordinated  and  comprehensive.  

 At  each  monthly  meeting  of    Hagley  Rock  On  those  regularly  attending  are:  

• Police  • Ministry  of  Education  • CYF  • YSS  • Head  of  Junior  College  • Director  of  Students  • Careers  Advisor  • Assistant  Attendance  Manager  

   

Page 57: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 55  

SAFE  LEARNING  ENVIRONMENTS  Hagley  Community  College  is  committed  to  providing  a  safe  physical  and  emotional  learning  environment  for  students.  Students  at  Hagley  Community  College  prize  the  way  they  are  treated  by  staff  and  celebrate  their  diversity,  uniqueness  and  difference.  This  is  evidenced  by  department  surveys  on  student  satisfaction  and  staff  reporting  on  student  core  skills.  Staff  and  students  continue  to  rate  respect  for  each  other  from  very  good  to  excellent.    With  increased  enrolment  of  students  who  have  many  at  risk  factors  the  College  has  been  challenged  to  be  able  to  deliver  on  our  statement  that  “all  staff  and  students  should  feel  emotionally  and  physically  safe  at  all  times”.  Through  whole  staff  professional  development  on  the  new  Curriculum  we  were  aware  that  whole  school  education  involving  staff  and  students  was  needed  to  reinforce  the  values  of  the  College.  The  values  statement  has  been  renewed  and  documented  in  the  approved  College  Charter.  Students  continue  to  rate  the  adult,  mature  learning  environment  as  one  of  the  important  reasons  they  choose  to  come  to  Hagley.      Through  the  orientation  programme  all  students  receive  the  Student  Guide,  which  outlines  all  of  the  services  provided  for  them  and  information  on  the  College  policy  for  drugs,  harassment,  and  verbal  and  physical  abuse.  In  2014  we  once  again  provided  an  orientation  programme  for  all  senior  classes.  The  cafeteria  was  set  up  with  stalls  advertising  all  of  the  activities  at  Hagley,  which  offered  an  opportunity  for  students  to  know  what  was  offered  at  Hagley  and  a  chance  to  sign  into  sports  or  clubs.  At  early  assemblies  students  are  reminded  of  the  environment  for  learning  that  is  the  Hagley  philosophy.      The  Van  Asch  students  continue  to  be  integrated  and  joined  into  the  full  life  of  the  College..  With  the  help  of  deaf  translators  and  staff  from  Van  Asch  these  students  have  fully  integrated  into  all  levels  within  the  College.  The  Van  Asch  students  are  still  based  in  Room  303.  We  already  have  many  students  with  learning  and  physical  disabilities  and  the  addition  of  hearing  impaired  students  has  been  a  further  challenge  and  an  education  to  both  staff  and  students  in  general.  As  a  result  of  their  presence  there  was  a  heightened  interest  by  many  students  in  learning  sign  language.      The  College  has  a  Harassment  Policy  in  line  with  current  practices  of  the  Human  Rights  Commission.  The  policy  is  used  to  deal  with  any  harassment  based  on  gender,  race,  religion,  and  sexual  preference.  This  service  is  advertised  widely  in  the  College  and  all  incidents  of  physical  abuse  are  treated  seriously.    This  sends  a  message  to  other  students  that  we  do  not  tolerate  violence  in  any  form.      The  College  is  still  well  supported  by  our  Community  Youth  Aid  Officer,  Constable  Bruce  Ward,  who  is  always  willing  and  able  to  support  us  in  working  with  young  people  who  physically  assault  students  or  harass  through  texting  or  Facebook.  Having  the  police  involved  with  the  College  has  helped  in  giving  a  very  serious  warning  to  young  people  of  what  could  lie  ahead  legally  for  them  if  they  continue  along  in  their  anti-­‐social  behaviour.  He  works  to  enable  our  young  vulnerable  students  who  are  on  the  brink  of  youth  offending  to  be  accpeted  onto  Blue  Light  Life  Skills  camps  at  Burnham  Military  Camp.  The  aim  of  these  camps  is  to  help  reduce  youth  crime,  build  young  people’s  self  esteem,  build  positive  youth  and  police  relationships,  and  to  teach  them  ways  to  improve  and  manage  their  lives  moving  forward,  by  taking  them  away  from  the  distractions  of  everyday  life.  For  one  young  man,  the  influences  in  his  life  took  over  again  as  soon  as  he  returned  to  the  home  environment,  whilst  for  the  other  there  has  been  a  total  turn-­‐around  in  his  attendance  and  his  attitude  to  life  and  education.  The  College  will  always  try  to  fund    camps  for  the  students  from  the  Student  Support  budget,  if  families  are  unable  to  afford  the  cost.    Keeping  students  safe  within  the  school  environment  and  free  from  “text”  bullying  has  been  a  major  challenge.  We  have  developed  a  policy  on  the  appropriate  use  of  cell  phones  at  school.  A  brochure  has  been  developed  which  can  be  given  to  all  students  and  caregivers  outlining  the  College  policy  on  bullying.  Advice  on  how  to  deal  with  bullying  of  any  sort  is  outlined.  Dealing  with  bullying  that  is  happening  electronically  is  a  nearly  impossible  task  as  students  now  use  personal  social  websites  such  as  Facebook,  Twitter  etc  to  personally  attack  other  students.      Despite  all  of  the  warnings  at  Hagley  anad  from  parents  and  the  media  ,  stundets  still  engage  in  unaccpetalbe  behaviour    in  Facebook  and  other  social  media.    Until  there  are  reprecussions  for  themselves,  and  smetimes,  bad  reprecussions,  they  seem  to  be  unable  to  comprehend  the  consequneces    of  what  they  are  doing.    The  incidents  of  volence  and  bullying  had  great  ly  increased  in  2014.  With  the  students    all  now  having  access  to  BYOD,  (Bring  your  own  device)    use  of  cellphones  in  class  to  access  Facebook    and  other  sites  has  escalated.    

Page 58: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 56  

We  have  alerted  Facebook  several  times  when  bullying  has  occurred,  and  student  entries  have  been  removed  from  the  site.  the  guidance  counsellors  worked  with  all  Year  9  and  10  students  in  a  three-­‐hour  programme  about  bullying  (What  constitutes  bullying?  How  to  recognise  it,  and  what  to  do  when  it  happens  to  them).  The  program  will  also  give  the  student  some  skills  in  how  to  deal  with  bullies.  In  2013,  the  level  of  bullying  amongst  Year  10  students  was  at  a  much  lower  level  after  the  work  of  the  counsellors.    With  each  new  intake  of  new  students  into  the  College  each  year,  it  is  a  continual  battle  with  Year  11/12  students  to  ensure  that  they  are  aware  of  our  policy  of  having  an  emotional  and  physical  free  environment  for  all  students  and  staff.  Enforcing  our  policy  of  not  accepting  bullying  of  any  kind  creates  a  large  workload  for  the  deans  at  the  beginning  of  each  year,  as  many  new  students  bring  past  behaviours  into  our  environment.  The  College  has  a  Complaints  Procedure,  which  is  displayed  around  the  College  to  ensure  that  students  and  staff  know  there  is  a  process  that  they  can  go  through  if  they  wish  to  lay  an  official  complaint  against  any  member  of  the  community.    The  College  has  developed  a  policy  of  zero  tolerance  for  drugs,  and  we  move  to  involve  caregivers  quickly  when  a  situation  develops.  Our  goal  is  to  educate,  not  suspend  them  if  they  have  an  issue  with  drugs  or  alcohol.  Our  aim  is  to  assist  students  to  become  drug  free,  and  to  become  committed  students  with  the  goal  of  productively  remaining  within  the  College.  In  2009  the  College  began  drug  testing  students  through  the  Canterbury  Laboratories.  Students  who  are  found  to  be  using  drugs  are  interviewed  with  their  families,  and  with  the  caregivers’  consent  the  student  is  drug  tested  at  regular  intervals  until  a  zero  reading  is  recorded.  From  this  time,  the  student  can  be  randomly  tested.  If  a  student  fails  to  address  perceived  drug  habits,  and  has  become  a  harmful  influence  on  other  students,  College  staff  will  work  with  caregivers  to  remove  the  student  to  a  course  or  other  outcome  if  at  all  possible.      In  2012,  a  total  of  14  students  (a  total  of  21  tests)  were  tested  through  our  programme.  In  2013,  there  were  11  students  drug  tested  (a  total  of  16  tests).  None  of  these  students  re-­‐offended  and  most  students  were  successful  in  reducing  their  drug  taking  and  remained  within  the  College.  A  major  concern  for  us  in  2013  was  the  increase  in  student  experiments  with  the  legal  synthetic  drugs,  which  cannot  be  tested  by  the  normal  drug  testing  methods.  We  have  had  a  serious  incident  where  a  student  has  hallucinated  at  the  College  as  a  result  of  taking  one  of  the  herbal  highs.  We  anticipate  more  problems  with  students  being  under  the  influence  of  these  drugs  in  2014,  as  students  believe  they  are  legal,  appear  not  to  accept  the  literature  and  warnings  regarding  these  drugs  from  health  professionals  and  police,  and  know  they  cannot  be  tested  easily.    The  College  continues  to  refine  its  discipline  systems  for  students.  In  the  Senior  College  the  Fast-­‐track  system  (student  referral  out  of  class)  and  a  school  detention  system  continue  to  support  staff  in  the  classroom.  In  2013,  it  was  again  noted  that  more  senior  students  in  Years  11  and  12  were  referred  to  Fast-­‐track,  which  reflected  the  ever-­‐present  on-­‐going  tension  since  the  earthquakes.  This  system  allowed  some  time  out  for  the  students  and  an  opportunity  for  staff  to  work  with  the  student  on  how  to  deal  with  their  stress,  through  counselling  or  a  time-­‐out  period  when  they  felt  overwhelmed.  The  increase  in  students  presenting  with  anxiety,  stress  and  mental  health  conditions  placed  extra  stress  on  our  two  guidance  counsellors.  The  third  counsellor  position  that  had  been  provided  through  financial  support  from  the  Ministry  of  Education  was  unable  to  be  employed  at  the  beginning  of  the  year.  The  reduction  from  three  to  two  counsellors  increased  the  workload  and  stress  on  the  staff.  With  the  successful  Red  Cross  Grant  application  we  were  once  again  able  to  re-­‐employ  Ann  McKenzie  three  days  per  week  from  July  onwards.  The  funding  was  also  able  to  support  the  employment  of  Vicky  Blake  for  five  hours  per  week  to  work  with  the  vulnerable  16-­‐19  year  old  students  disaffected  from  their  families.          

Page 59: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 57  

CAREER  PATHWAYS    Introduction  Kevin  Addison  completed  his  first  year  as  the  departments  HOD.  He  had  a  focus  on  the  department  working  together  as  a  team  to  provide  an  effective  careers  programme.  Jackie  Ward  provided  support  for  the  careers  counsellors  and  coordinated  the  Star  programme.  Lesley  Hooper-­‐  Simpson  provided  Career  counselling  and  effective  pastoral  support  for  Maori  students.  Jahred  Dell  was  the  teacher  in  charge  of  Employment  Skills  and  helped  deliver  the  Gateway  programme  alongside  Kevin  Addison.  Our  Vocational  pathways  mentor  Kim  Swann  joined  the  department  which  helped  with  supporting  the  transition  of  our  students.    Correspondence  School  Students  Nine  students  were  enrolled  in  correspondence  doing  a  range  of  languages.  The  four  students  studying  Te  Reo  were  supported  by  Lesley,  in  her  role  as  Maori  Mentor.  All  year  12  and  13  students  are  required  to  spend  2  timetabled  hours  in  the  careers  room  working  on  their  units  and  Year  11  students  are  required  to  attend  4  hours.    Canterbury  Tertiary  College  (CTC)  CTC  allows  students  to  be  simultaneously  enrolled  at  school  and  at  the  tertiary  college.    Most  of  the  courses  are  trades  related.  This  year  9  students  enrolled  in  this  programme.    The  course  continues  to  run  all  day  Thursday  and  Fridays,  which  unfortunately  cuts  across  all  Hagley  options.      Visitors/Visiting  Speakers  Canterbury,  Lincoln,  Otago,  Victoria  and  Auckland  university  liaison  staff  gave  a  lunchtime  presentation  in  terms  1  or  2  and  again  in  term  3  to  assist  students  with  their  course  planning  and  enrolment.    CPIT  assisted  students  with  their  enrolment  during  term  3.  A  careers  evening  for  students  and  parents,  called  Life  after  Hagley,  was  held  in  term  3.  This  was  well  attended  with  speakers  from  study  link  Careers  NZ  CPIT  and  UC  providing  useful  information  for  students  transitioning  from  Hagley.  A  half-­‐day  mini  expo  was  held  in  the  careers  room  at  the  end  of  term  2  with  classes  being  timetabled  through  in  20  minute  intervals.  Various  PTEs  visited  during  the  year  with  updates  of  their  course  material.    Off  site  Visits  and  Professional  Development  Once  again  around  75  senior  students  attended  the  Careers  Expo  at  the  Addington  Events  Centre.    Kevin  Addison  attended  local  Gateway,  CATE  meetings  and  Careers  NZ  workshops.  Lesley  attended  the  CATE  conference  in  Tauranga.      STAR  Many  short  courses  proved  popular  especially  with  years  11  and  12.  The  Hagley  Barista  course  which  runs  during  each  school  holiday,  the  First  Aid  course  and  Learner  License  were  in  great  demand.    As  funding  is  roll  related,  the  amount  of  money  available  for  departments  in  2014  was  reduced.      Objective  of  STAR    

1. Facilitate  transition  to  the  workplace  for  students,  particularly  those  intending  to  go  straight  into  the  workforce  or  those  likely  to  leave  school  without  any  formal  qualifications.  2. Provide  or  purchase  tertiary-­‐type  courses  which  will  better  meet  students’  needs,  which  will  motivate  them  to  achieve,  and  which  will  facilitate  their  smooth  transition  to  further  

education  training  or  employment.  3. Support  students  to  explore  career  pathways  and  help  them  make  informed  decisions  about  their  schooling  and  future  work  or  study.  

 Hagley  College  was  allocated  $80,000.00  this  year  of  which,  $36,000  was  spent  for  students  to  experience  courses  with  outside  providers.    The  remainder  was  used  on  the  “In  House”  courses.      

Page 60: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 58  

 172  students  gained  credits  and/or  experiences  on  STAR  on  courses,  with  a  collective  result  of  724  credits  gained.    Not  all  courses  have  credits  attached,  some  are  banked  results  as  in  UC  and  some  courses  students  get  a  certificate  of  attendance.    

• 30  students  completed  the  Red  Cross  First  Aid  • 38  students  achieved  their  Learners  Driver  License  through  STAR    • 17  completed  holiday  Bar  Tending  and  Table  Service  course,  new  to  us  this  year  • 25  students  learned  skills  in  coffee  making  (barista  course)  • 13  students  enrolled  in  courses  at  University  of  Canterbury  –  banking  credits  towards  tertiary  qualifications  • 9  students  tried  their  hand  at  tractor/farming  course  • 10  students  were  helped  with  tourism  experiences,  5  students  went  to  check  out  Queenstown  Resource  College  and  PHIMS  Hotel  training  school.  •  Several  others  tried  hairdressing,  beauty,  floristry,  MAINZ,  police  training  and  computing/gaming  courses.  

 Hagley  Barista  Course  Jodie  Alexander  took  over  the  tutoring  of  the  Hagley  Barista  course.    This  course  is  always  popular  with  our  students  as  well  as  students  from  other  schools.    Some  courses  don’t  offer  unit  standards,  but  the  students  gained  knowledge  and  experience.    I  believe  that  Hagley  makes  good  use  of  its  STAR  funding,  the  students  benefit  greatly,  gaining  credits  as  well  as  trying  something  which  could  be  a  deciding  factor  in  their  future  job  or  further  education.    Gateway  44  Students  completed  a  work  placement  in  2014.    A  total  of  43  students  completed  the  course  and  all  targets  set  by  TEC  were  met.    Industry  Placements                                                  No.  of  Students  Animal  Care       3  Building  and  Construction     3  Retail         23  Early  Childhood  Education      4  Hair  Dressing        3  Hospitality        6    Horticulture        1            Total         44    A  total  of  778  credits  were  achieved-­‐  an  average  of  17.6  Credits  per  student.  Gateway  continues  to  be  a  success  having  placed  44  students  within  a  work  environment  in  an  industry  of  their  choice.  Additionally,  students  gained  relevant  credits  to  support  their  chosen  vocational  pathway.  Factors  that  contributed  to  this  outcome  are:  

• Student  interviews  before  acceptance  in  the  Gateway  programme  to  ensure  students  are  motivated  and  committed.  (Includes  continuous  dialogue  with  students  during  the  year  to  ensure  students  are  meeting  their  goals)  

• Industry  employers  who  are  committed  to  the  Gateway  programme  and  who  have  supported  Hagley  in  accepting  students  on  placements/  visits.  

Page 61: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 59  

• Establishment  of  positive  relationships  with  ITOs  in  order  to  select  the  most  appropriate  unit  standards  for  the  student(s)  and  workplace(s)  • Being  receptive  to  the  needs  of  students  and  businesses  in  relation  to  workplace  amendments  and  learning  plan  changes.  • Constant  affirmation  and  encouragement  to  promote  learning  both  in  the  workplace  and  at  school.  

 Challenges  The  progress  of  the  Christchurch  rebuild  has  meant  an  increase  in  the  number  of  businesses  within  Christchurch  City,  however  there  has  been  a  generally  lower  reception  to  placements  within  smaller  businesses  that  have  recently  emerged.  As  these  stores  have  been  excessively  busy,  many  employers  felt  they  had  little  or  no  time  to  take  on  a  student  in  a  placement  capacity  to  teach  them  how  to  work  in  the  industry.    Successes  We  were  fortunate  to  connect  with  Sara  Harwood  from  the  Red  Shirts  programme  run  by  the  Warehouse.  This  meant  that  a  large  number  of  our  students  were  able  to  achieve  the  Customer  Service  Award  working  through  the  retail  industry  in  Warehouse  stores  around  Christchurch.  Some  of  these  students  were  likely  to  gain  some  paid  hours  over  the  holiday  period.  Students  had  positive  comments  to  make  about  the  Gateway  Programme:  “I’m  really  grateful  for  having  done  Gateway  because  helped  me  to  get  a  full  time  job  at  Coffee  Culture.”-­‐  Fran    “My  placement  gave  me  a  really  good  perspective  about  what  it’ll  be  like  working  full  time.”  -­‐Amy  

 Employment  Skills  Jahred  taught  this  class  this  year,  he  enhanced  the  programme  by  taking  the  class  to  local  businesses  to  help  them  gain  further  understanding  about  the  world  of  work.    Use  of  Careers  Room  The  room  is  opened  each  day  at  7.45  and  remains  open  until  at  least  3.30.    Gateway  and  correspondence  students  use  the  room  throughout  the  year  and  from  time  to  time  it  is  used  as  an  overflow  for  teaching  staff  where  there  is  a  shortage  of  computers.  Students  access  the  computers  and  careers  material  before  and  after  school,  at  breaks  and  during  their  non-­‐contact  periods.  It  continues  to  be  used  for  professional  development,  board  meetings,  mini  expos,  tertiary  presentations,  Rock  On,  student  manager  meetings  and  the  Fashion  Show.    Year  9  and  10    Year  9  completed  a  six  period  careers  workshop.  This  time  was  used  for  students  to  explore  who  they  are  and  how  this  could  relate  to  a  career.  Students  developed  an  e  learning  portfolio  to  record  information.  The  year  10  programme  continues  on  from  the  year  9  programme  and  is  delivered  in  the  social  science  class.  Students  explore  the  world  of  work  and  how  subject  choice  is  important;  this  programme  is  supported  by  a  presentation  from  CPIT.  A  selection  of  junior  students  attended  the  CPIT  have  ago  day,  primary  industries  field  day  and  the  Hagley  Mini  expo.    Year  11  Students  received  a  presentation  about  NCEA  in  term  2  to  help  them  understand  the  structure  of  the  NZQA  qualification.  After  the  successful  trial  of  giving  all  YR11  individual  career  interviews  in  2013  this  was  also  done  in  2014  with  96%  of  students  interviewed.    Year  12  and  13  With  the  continued  assistance  of  Lesley,  many  more  adolescent  senior  students  were  able  to  be  individually  interviewed:    96%  Year  12  students  and  90%  of  year  13  students.  Year  13  students  were  interviewed  in  Term  1  to  check  they  had  taken  the  correct  course  to  match  their  career  goals.  They  were  also  interviewed  in  Term  3  to  help  them  with  their  transition  from  school.    

Page 62: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Student  Support  Network  –  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015     Page    

 60  

Adults  We  provided  career  counselling  to  many  of  the  Hagley  Adult  students.      Summary  of  Goals  for  2014  Due  to  budget  constraints  the  careers  room  did  not  get  revamped  to  align  with  the  vocational  pathways.  This  will  now  go  ahead  2015.  All  other  goals  were  achieved.  The  success  of  the  Yr13  term  one  interviews  will  see  this  continue  for  2015.  The  improvement  of  IT  solutions  has  enabled  us  to  contact  students  more  effectively  through  online  texting  and  data  recording.      Goals  for  2015  

• Hold  another  life  after  Hagley  evening  • Meet  the  new  TEC  gateway  20  credit  Target  • Run  a  mini  expo  –  Trades  and  Science/Technology  • Co-­‐ordinate  professional  development  evenly  across  the  department  • Complete  the  Career  Benchmark  review  • Revamp  the  careers  room  to  reflect  the  Vocational  Pathways.  • Record  career  info  from  adult  students  more  effectively  

 

Page 63: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning Support 61page

Page 64: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

62  

Table  of  Contents    LEARNING  SUPPORT  FRAMEWORK  ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  63  

LEARNING  SUPPORT  SERVICES  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  64  

STUDENT  PLACEMENT  .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  66  

DIAGNOSTIC  ASSESSMENT  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  66  

New  Entrant  Assessment  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  66  

Junior  College  Profiles  and  Action  Plans  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  68  

LITERACY  PERFORMANCE  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  68  

Reassessment  of  Junior  College  Students  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  68  

Senior  College  Assessment  ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  69  

Literacy  Initiative  –  Enhancement  .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  70  

Year  11  Skill-­‐Up  Programme  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  71  

LITERACY  –  NUMERACY  &  THE  A.R.T  STRATEGY  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................  72  

SKILL  AND  PROGRAMME  DEVELOPMENT  .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  73  

LEARNING  SUPPORT  PROGRAMMES  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  75  

Targeted  Learning  Department  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  75  

Diagnostic  Unit  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  76  

Special  Needs  in  the  College  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  76  

Special  Assessment  Conditions  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  76  

Funding  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  77  

 

Page 65: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

63  

PRIMARY  GOAL  The  primary  goal  of  the  Learning  Support  portfolio  is  the  improvement  of  student  learning  through  the  effective  implementation  of  integrated  student  learning  support  services.  This  goal  will  be  achieved  through  the  following  critical  success  factors:  

1. Learning  Support  Framework:  The  identification  of  key  student  learning  support  functions  and  the  building  of  these  functions  into  a  comprehensive  and  integrated  student  learning  support  framework.  

2. Learning  Support  Services:  The  performance  of  individual  learning  support  services  and  their  impact  on  the  student  learning  support  network.  3. Student  Placement:  Accurate  student  placement  into  appropriate  programmes  of  learning.  4. Diagnostic  Assessment:  Students  at  risk  in  their  learning  are  identified  through  the  analysis  of  diagnostic  and  other  assessment  information.  5. Skill  &  Programme  Development:  A  range  of  teacher  skill  development  and  learning  support  programmes  are  identified,  developed  and  implemented  to  keep  students  successfully  in  

learning.  6. Literacy-­‐Numeracy  &  The  ART  Strategy:  The  application  of  the  A.R.T.  strategy  to  identify  student  achievement  in  NCEA  Level  1  literacy  and  numeracy,  using  the  analysis  to  develop  

interventions  for  both  students  and  programmes.    This  review  reports  on  the  performance  of  the  College  across  all  these  key  outcomes  for  2014.    Hagley  Community  College  has  a  varied  student  population  with  a  broad-­‐range  of  learning  need.  We  want  to  be  able  to  identify  what  that  learning  need  is  through  quantifiable  analysis  and  to  use  this  data  to  provide  the  appropriate  learning  experiences  for  students  and  to  track  their  changing  (improving)  performance.  The  data  collected  will  inform  decision  making  for  the  College  to  support  students  in  their  programme  of  learning.      LEARNING  SUPPORT  FRAMEWORK  The  Learning  Support  Department  has  been  established  to  provide  a  range  of  specialist  support  functions  to  best  support  students’  learning  needs.  It  is  managed  through  the  Director  of  Placement  &  Learning  Support.    The  role  of  the  Director  of  Placement  and  Learning  Support,  through  the  specialist  support  services,  is  to;  

• Identify  gaps  and  learning  needs  of  students.  • Place  students  into  appropriate  programmes  of  learning.  • Establish  intervention  strategies.  • Evaluate  learning  outcomes.  • Report  on  student  achievement.  

 Learning  Support  links  strongly  into  literacy  and  unites  the  skills  of  reading,  writing  and  thinking.  Literacy  is  enhanced  within  the  context  of  a  student’s  individual  learning  needs  and  integrated  within  the  classroom  setting.  A  range  of  support  is  offered  aimed  at  scaffolding  teaching  and  learning  strategies  to  keep  students  successfully  in  learning.  This  requires  the  Director  of  Placement  and  Learning  Support,  through  the  specialist  support  services,  to;  

• Explore  and  co-­‐ordinate  strategies  to  support  students  in  their  learning.  • Provide  teacher  skill  development  to  integrate  literacy  strategies  into  programmes  of  learning.  

   

Page 66: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

64  

LEARNING  SUPPORT  SERVICES        

       

The$placement$func.on$of$the$Director$role$is$to:5$Iden.fy$gaps$and$learning$needs$of$students;5$Place$students$into$appropriate$programmes$of$learning

Director(of(Learning(Placement(&(Support

The$support$func.on$of$the$Director’s$role$is$to:5$Assess$skills5$Iden.fy$learning$needs5$Establish$interven.on$strategies5$Evaluate$learning$outcomes5$Report$on$student$achievement

5$Coordinate$and$explore$strategies$to$support$students$in$their$learning.5$Provide$teacher$skill$development$to$integrate$strategies$into$programmes$of$learning.

Individual$Teacher

Individual$Parent$/$Student

Pastoral$Care$Team

Heads$of$Department

HOD$Junior$College$/$Year$11

There$are$six$core$issues$that$each$area$below$is$required$to$address:5$the$establishment$of$a$.metable5$the$establishment$of$a$student$base5$the$iden.fica.on$of$learning$need5$A$programme(s)$of$interven.on5$Measuring$changes$to$learning5$Repor.ng$5$parents,$students$and$college.

Literacy$Support

Diagnos.c$Unit

Specialist$Support

Junior$/$Senior$Targeted$Learning$Programme

Academic$Dean

Special$Assessment$Condi.ons

Classroom$Support

Teacher$Support

Learning(Support(Department

Literacy(Ini7a7ve

Page 67: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

65  

The  department  systems  consist  of  eight  key  areas.  These  are:    

• Diagnostic  Unit  :  The  function  of  the  Diagnostic  Unit  is  to  provide  the  school,  parents  and  students  with  information  pertinent  to  the  educational  needs  of  the  student.  Students  at  risk  in  their  learning  are  identified  through  the  analysis  of  diagnostic  and  other  assessment  information.    

• Literacy  Support  :  The  role  of  the  literacy  teacher  is  to:  Identify  students’  literacy  needs  through  assessment,  individually  and  within  classroom  programmes,  and  to  provide  appropriate  support,  resources  and  interventions  for  students,  and  curriculum  teachers  of  these  students;  Provide  professional  development  for  programmes  designed  to  address  literacy  needs,  targeted  towards  a  range  of  learners  and  delivered  according  to  need.  

 • Specialist  Support  :  The  role  of  the  specialist  teacher  is  to  support  students  who  have  been  identified  as  having;  Special  education  needs,  including  ORS,  that  require  a  period  of  

individual  support;  and  a  transition  focus  to  move  beyond  the  school  where  it  is  clear  they  will  continue  to  require  the  highest  level  of  specialist  support.    

• Targeted  Learning  Programme  :  The  prioritised  targeted  learning  goals  within  each  student’s  IEP  are  referenced  against  Key  Competencies;  and  assessment  is  referenced  against  NZ  Curriculum   levels   to  ensure  the  most  appropriate  placement  within  the  range  of  programmes  offered  within  the  school.   In   the   first   two  years  of   the  programme,  the  curriculum  imperative   of   improving   students’   functional   literacy   and   numeracy   skills   takes   precedence.     Students’   final   one   to   two   years   in   the   programme   see   additional   learning   and  experiences  related  to  transition  towards  life  beyond  school,  including  assessment  within  the  NCEA  supported  learning  standard  work.    

• Academic  Dean  :  The  role  is  to  identify  and  support  students  achieving  at  a  level  beyond  their  peers,  and  to  make  appropriate  provision  while  stretching  them  in  areas  of  strength  and  developing  them  in  areas  of  weakness.  This  will  include  providing  an  appropriately  challenging  curriculum  through  extension  of  the  curriculum  and  enrichment  beyond  it,  coupled  with  support  and  guidance  of  all  appropriate  school  personnel  in  meeting  these  students’  needs.      

• Special  Assessment  Conditions  :  Candidates  with  ‘permanent  or  long-­‐term  conditions  or  learning  difficulties,  which  will  significantly  impair  their  performance  in  specified  external  and  internal  assessments  –  particularly  written  examinations  –  may  apply’  for  Special  Assessment  Conditions.   Individual   learning  support  profiles,  with  a  summary  of  the  learning  difficulties  and  recommendations  for  useful  classroom  strategies,  are  occurring  for  these  students.    

• Classroom  Support  :  placing  a  tutor  in  the  class,  working  alongside  all  students  to  help  support  the  teacher  in  curriculum  delivery.      

• Teacher  Support  :  attaching  a  Literacy  Teacher  to  work  alongside  the  classroom  teacher  to  share  skills,  resources  and  develop  alternate  pathways  leading  to  success.      There  are  six  core  issues  that  each  area  needs  to  address;  

• The  establishment  of  a  timetable.  • The  establishment  of  a  student  base.  • The  identification  of  the  learning  need.  • A  programme  of  intervention.  • Measurement  of  changes  to  the  learning.  • Reporting  to  parents/whanau,  students  and  College.  

Page 68: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

66  

STUDENT  PLACEMENT  Learning  support  begins  with  accurate  student  placement  into  appropriate  programmes  of  learning.  It  uses  an  enhanced  understanding  of  literacy  –  the  ability  to  read  and  write,  to  recognise  and  understand  ideas,  to  think  and  express  yourself  –  as  the  pathway  to  learning.  Learning  is  enhanced  within  the  context  of  students  learning  needs  and  applied  within  the  context  of  their  curriculum  learning  placement.  This  allows  support  within  a  wide  range  of  curriculum  classes  for  many  students.  The  measurement  and  evaluation  of  progress  is  able  to  dovetail  into  wider  assessment  processes  throughout  the  College,  including  those  provided  by  the  NZQA.  These,  in  turn,  inform  the  placement  of  students  into  further  programmes  within,  and  transitioning  beyond,  the  school.        DIAGNOSTIC  ASSESSMENT  Students  at  risk  in  their  learning  are  identified  through  the  analysis  of  diagnostic  and  other  assessment  information.  The  function  of  the  Diagnostic  Unit  is  to  provide  the  school,  parents  and  students  with  information  pertinent  to  the  educational  needs  of  the  student.  Psychometric  tests  are  used  to  provide  specific  data,  which  identifies  levels  of  functioning  and  strategies  that  can  be  used  for  educational  programming.      New  Entrant  Assessment  These  assessments  provide  specific  information  on  important  levels  of  functioning  and  alert  the  College  to  possible  areas  of  strengths  or  difficulties.  The  data  assists  with  class  placement  and  identifies  possible  additional  resources  required.  It  also  provides  on-­‐going  statistical  analysis,  which  is  required  by  the  College  to  ascertain  the  progress  of  students  in  the  Junior  College.    AsTTle  stands  for  Assessment  Tool  for  Teaching  and  Learning.  It  is  an  educational  resource,  developed  for  the  Ministry  of  Education  by  the  University  of  Auckland  for  assessing  literacy  and  numeracy.  This  tool  has  set  a  reading  age  of  12-­‐13  years  as  being  the  level  required  by  students  to  allow  them  to  access  texts  used  in  a  secondary  school  setting.  This  figure  is  now  used  as  our  benchmark  figure  to  ascertain  students’  ability  levels  at  the  point  of  entry  to,  and  exit  from,  the  Junior  College.  The  graph  below  shows  a  breakdown  of  the  ability  levels  of  our  Year  9  intake  when  measured  against  this  criterion.    This  data  shows  that  the  profile  of  our  Year  9  students  remains  consistent  with  previous  years,  with  52%  entering  able  to  read  text  at  a  secondary  school  level  –  the  percentage  of  literacy  needs  remains  very  high,  with  48%  of  the  students  continuing  to  evidence  literacy  needs.  These  figures  do  not  include  students  who  enter  the  Targeted  Learning  class.  

   

66%! 65%!53%! 51%! 46%! 42%!

60%! 64%!53%!

63%!51%! 52%! 52%!

0%!

20%!

40%!

60%!

80%!

100%!

2003! 2004! 2005! 2006! 2007! 2008! 2009! 2010! 2011! 2012! 2013! 2014! 2015!

Reading  Ability  of  Year  9  Intake  

Students  12+  Reading  Competency  56%  

18%  12%  

5.0%   9.0%  

0%  

20%  

40%  

60%  

80%  

12+   11   10   9   8>  

Year  9  Reading  Levels  

Page 69: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

67  

Of  the  Year  9  students,  56  (52%)  of  them  could  competently  read  text  at  a  secondary  school  level  whereas  44  (35%)  were  up  to  two  years  behind  and  required  some  form  of  in-­‐class  literacy  support;  14  (13%)  of  these  students  being  significantly  three  or  more  years  behind  their  peer  group.      Spelling  ability  at  the  11  year  level,  or  better,  is  sufficient  to  allow  students  to  produce  good  quality  work.  The  next  graph  shows  the  Year  9  intake  spelling  results.  

 

   This  data  has  been  collected  since  2003  and  has  consistently  shown  a  significant  number  of  the  Year  9  intake  evidencing  problems  with  their  spelling.  The  data  for  2015  shows  50%  have  the  skills  to  spell  competently  enough  to  allow  them  to  produce  quality  work,  with  50%  needing  spelling  to  be  addressed  within  learning  programmes.    9BT  and  9DL  students  are  generally  competent  at  reading  and  spelling.  9TR  students  have  some  difficulty  with  literacy  skills,  and  a  strong  focus  needs  to  be  put  on  written  language  along  with  increasing  reading  skills.  9CM  students  are  significantly  struggling  with  all  aspects  of  literacy  skills  with  a  two  thirds  of  the  class  being  2+  years  behind  their  chronological  age.  This  is  a  similar  spread  to  that  seen  in  the  preceding  year.  Focus  needs  to  be  put  on  written  language  for  all  the  students.  Data  collected  over  a  two  year  period  has  shown  that  spelling  is  the  most  difficult  skill  to  move  (on  average  the  students  move  upwards  by  up  to  12  months),  despite  strong  remediation  programmes.  The  decision  has  been  made  to  strengthen  spelling  to  the  point  of  being  able  to  effectively  use  “spell/check”  on  the  computer;  hereby  allowing  them  to  work  with  increasing  self  responsibility  and  accuracy  when  writing  on  the  computer.  At  NCEA  levels  the  majority  of  literacy-­‐based  subjects  produce  written  work  on  the  computer,  including  for  assessment  purposes.      The  AsTTle  tool,  presently  administered  and  analysed  by  literacy  teachers,  was  fully  used  in  2013  and  is  now  established  as  a  tool  for  English  classroom  teachers  to  provide  a  programme  of  learning  designed  to  address  students’  literacy  needs  across  all  levels  of  the  curriculum.  Initial  data  gathering  using  the  ‘Processes  and  Strategies’  strands  confirms  the  above  entrance  literacy  assessments,  showing  the  average  curriculum  levels  at  which  classes  are  operating.    The  decision  for  this  year  had  been  to  not  have  a  ‘top’  class  but  return  to  the  mixed  ability  groupings  for  the  upper  two  classes.  The  analysis  of  the  intellectual  profile  showed  a  wide  range  of  average  through  to  very  gifted  within  both  classes.  Further  investigation,  using  the  AsTTle  tool,  would  indicate  a  need  to  cater  for  this  spread  across  curriculum  settings.  9WM  has  all  students  in  the  average  and  above  average  range.  The  majority  of  9TR  students  are  in  the  low  to  high  average  range.  9CM,  the  Literacy  Enhancement  group,  has  a  spread  from  borderline  through  to  superior.  Within  this  setting,  the  programme  is  firmly  centred  within  curriculum  with  the  active  teaching  of  literacy  skills  presented,  and  measured,  within  an  inclusive  curriculum  setting.    

50%!

30%!

20%!

0%!

20%!

40%!

60%!

11+! 10! 9 yrs or below!

Year  9  FuncRonal  Spelling  Levels  

9BT   5B  9DL   4A  9TR   4B  9CM   3P  

A  =  Advanced  C  =  Proficient  B  =  Basic  

48%!43%!

37%! 40%!48%! 50%!

0%!

20%!

40%!

60%!

80%!

2010! 2011! 2012! 2013! 2014! 2015!

Year  9  Spelling  Ability  

Page 70: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

68  

 All  classes  include  students  with  wide-­‐ranging  needs;  identified  learning,  pastoral  and  special  needs.  This  year  has  seen  clear  rise  in  students  with  hearing  and  auditory  processing  issues.  A  strong  transition  process  has  been  put  in  place  to  assist  all  students  cope  positively  with  the  move  from  primary  into  secondary  schooling.  This  process  helps  provide  early  identification    of  high  needs  and  allow  for  a  profile  including  strategies  to  assist  a  positive  start.  Teachers  have  been  advised  to  use  a  range  of  learning  styles  to  reflect  good  teaching  and  learning  practices  to  best  cater  for  this  spread.  All  classes  have  clearly  identified  pastoral  and  learning  requirements  that  have  been  highlighted  during  the  Class  Profile  meetings.  Continued  support  and  monitoring  occurs  using  the  Special  Needs  meetings  which  all  key  pastoral  and  Learning  Support  personnel  attend.    Junior  College  Profiles  and  Action  Plans  All  Junior  College  students  have  a  diagnostic  assessment  prior  to  placement  into  classes.  The  assessment  covers  three  areas:  literacy,  intellectual  ability/potential  and  self-­‐esteem.  A  class  profile  is  developed  to  enable  analysis  of  the  data  to  be  accessible  to  class  tutors  and  teachers  to  inform  their  practice.  It  also  forms  the  basis  of  an  action  plan  for  the  class.  Profiles  were  first  created  for  Year  9  in  2003.  These  profiles  have  since  been  refined  to  include  AsTTle  data,  with  links  to  the  New  Zealand  Curriculum  and  performance  levels.  Since  2007  profiles  have  been  written  for  both  Year  9  and  Year  10  classes  and  a  series  of  profile  meetings  held  with  all  teachers  of  each  class,  and  inclusive  of  year  level  dean,  counsellor,  RTLB,  Head  of  Junior  College  and  Head  of  Learning  Support.  A  pooling  of  information  occurs  including  identification  of  individual  and  group  needs  and  strengths,  and  strategies  to  accommodate  class  support  and  the  inclusion  of  all  students  within  this  setting.      Research  shows  that  transition  points  between  schools  are  areas  of  weakness  within  the  educational  setting,  particularly  for  vulnerable  students.  The  inclusion  of  the  RTLB  has  allowed  a  bridging  to  occur  for  those  students  who  were  most  ‘at  risk’  of  failure,  with  many  families  self-­‐identifying  as  needing  further  support  because  of  anxiety  or  special  needs.  Our  literacy  teachers  are  timetabled  alongside  Junior  College  classes,  with  three  periods  a  week  provided  to  the  academically  lowest  four  classes  and  accessed  via  English  classrooms.  Literacy  support  is  also  provided  across  all  others  classes,  on  a  ratio  of  two  classes  per  week  but  provided  on  an  alternating  term  basis.  This  programming,  based  on  the  Literacy  Enhancement  Model,  is  working  very  well  as  the  following  figures  show.      LITERACY  PERFORMANCE    Reassessment  of  Junior  College  Students  At  the  point  of  exit  from  the  Junior  College  a  reassessment  occurs  to  ascertain  the  literacy  achievements  of  these  students  whilst  in  their  programmes  of  learning.  The  graphs  below  show  a  comparison  of  reading  and  spelling  scores  for  students  moving  from  Year  9  to  Year  11.  Data  shows  that  students  leaving  the  Junior  College  show  significant  improvement  in  their  overall  literacy  levels.  In  the  years  since  2003,  nearly  all  students  (87%  for  last  year’s  intake)  moved  into  the  senior  part  of  the  College  well  placed  to  access  reading  material  at  the  appropriate  level.        

0%  

20%  

40%  

60%  

80%  

100%  

2003   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  

Comparison  of  Student  Reading  Levels  ATer  Two  Years  in  JC  Programme  

% at entry reading at goal (12+)! % at exit reading at goal (12+)!

Page 71: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

69  

The  two  Literacy  Enhancement  classes  are  our  academically  most  vulnerable  classes  in  mainstream  education  –  and  the  ones  most  difficult  to  shift  in  their  learning.  Close  monitoring  of  their  progress  occurs.  The  data  shows  that  after  two  years  in  the  Literacy  Enhancement  programme  the  average  rate  of  progress  is  three  years,  and  close  to  the  set  goal.  As  members  of  this  class  initially  presented  with  entrenched  literacy  needs,  this  rate  of  progress  is  hugely  positive.  This  group  is  still  going  to  benefit  from  higher  levels  of  support  for  the  first  year  of  NCEA.  With  the  upward  shift  in  NCEA  l  iteracy  requirements  to  Curriculum  Level  5,  focus  will  be  placed  on  the  acquisition  of  ilteracy  and  numeracy  standards  as  a  means  of  staircasing  through  to  Achievement  Standards,  at  curriculum  level  6.      It  was  gratifying  to  receive  feedback  from  the  parents  of  two  boys  who  both  went  through  the  Literacy  Enhancement  programme  and  on  to  Year  13;  “We  would  like  to  acknowledge  yourself  and  others  in  the  Learning  Support  team  for  your  encouragement  and  teaching  of  Rowan  [Cochran-­‐Cree].  He  attended  Hagley  Community  College  for  five  years  and  then  went  on  to  Canterbury  University  graduating  this  year  having  completed  a  Double  Major  Chemistry  and  Psychology.  We  know  that  his  education  at  Hagley  had  a  huge  influence  in  giving  him  confidence  about  his  abilities.”  Their  younger  son,  also  a  graduate  of  this  programme,  is  also  attending  Canterbury  University  having  successfully  completed  his  second  year  of  study.    Senior  College  Assessment  Senior  College  students,  at  entry,  frequently  lack  the  complete  set  of  essential  learning  skills  to  successfully  engage  in  National  Qualifications.  This  is  particularly  evident  at  Year  11  where  many  students  enter  the  College  with  poor  experiences  and  low  achievements  from  their  previous  schools.    A  joint  venture  between  the  Learning  Support  and  English  departments  saw  the  development  of  more  robust  assessment,  aimed  at  providing:  

• A  short,  easy  to  administer  test  able  to  measure  the  student’s  essential  critical  literacy  skill  base  at  the  point  of  entry  to  the  Senior  College  i.e.  at  enrolment  (quantitative  information).  

• Valid  and  meaningful  diagnostic  information  to  the  classroom  teacher  (qualitative  information).    • Assessment  that  would  dovetail  into  that  provided  at  Junior  College  level.  

 After  analysis  of  all  data  the  Probe  reading  assessment,  coupled  with  a  writing  assessment,  was  decided  upon.  To  keep  consistency  in  the  data  gathering  process  the  reading  assessment  was  marked  by  either  the  Director  of  Learning  Support  or  the  literacy  teacher,  and  the  writing  sample  assessed  by  the  English  HOD  only.    The  reading  sample  is  set  at  the  12-­‐13  year  level  for  a  number  of  reasons:  

• AsTTle  has  set  a  reading  age  of  12-­‐13  years  as  being  the  level  required  by  students  to  allow  them  to  access  texts  used  in  a  secondary  school  setting.    • This  figure  is  now  used  as  our  benchmark  figure  to  ascertain  students’  ability  levels  at  the  point  of  entry  to,  and  exit  from,  the  Junior  College.    • Samples  taken  from  the  NCEA  English  ‘Unfamiliar  Text’  assessment,  which  Year  11  students  are  expected  to  be  able  to  read  competently,  were  analysed  and  found  to  be  at  this  level.  

 

0  

2  

4  

6  

8  

10  

12  

14  

2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014   2015  

Reading  Progress  of  Literacy  Enhancement  Class  

Reading Age at Entry! Reading Age at Exit! 5yrs = emergent level! 12yrs = goal!

Page 72: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

70  

All  new  students  at  Year  11  were  assessed  and  the  data  showed  that  35%  could  read  text  at  a  12-­‐13  year  level,  which  means  that  65%  of  them  were  unable  to  do  so.  Approximately  85-­‐90%  of  our  own  Year  10  students  enter  Year  11  reading  at  an  appropriate  level;  this  means  that  our  new  intake  has  an  even  greater  prevalence  of  literacy  needy  students  than  the  65%  would  indicate.  There  will  be  students  in  all  classes  who  cannot  read  the  texts  with  any  confidence;  some  classes  will  have  many  of  these  students,  including  a  number  of  returning  year  12+  students  with  no  literacy-­‐based  qualifications  from  earlier  schooling.    If  the  literacy  ability  of  students  is  indicative  of  the  likelihood  of  success  in  an  educational  setting,  and  research  would  suggest  that  it  is,  then  this  information  highlights  the  real  vulnerability  of  a  high  percentage  of  our  senior  intake.    Literacy  Initiative  –  Enhancement  Since  2003  the  Year  11  Literacy  Initiative  has  been  developed  specifically  targeting  the  literacy  needs  of  Year  11  students,  with  the  aim  of  assisting  students  most  at  risk  of  educational  failure.  The  11ENI  classes  are  clearly  shown  as  having  significant  literacy  needs  so  this  became  the  target  group  with  the  aim  of  assisting  them  to  gain  the  ten  literacy  standards,  and  the  necessary  skills  to  commence  Acheivement  Standards,  as  appropriate.  It  has  since  expanded  to  include  a  wide  variety  of  classes;  Foundation  Maths  classes,  11  Food  and  Technology/Woodwork  and  Construction,  11  History/Geography,  and  other  literacy  based  classes  e.g.  Year  11  Literacy  Enhancement  class,  and  some  ELL  (English  Language  Learners)  transitioning  into  mainstream  academic  subjects  e.g.  11SES  (Science)  and  11MSC  (Maths).    In  2014  a  trial  started  by  placing  partial  literacy  teacher  support  into  selected  12ENI  classes  where  many  students  lack  the  strong  enough  reading,  writing  or  thinking  skills  to  allow  them  to  function  independently  as  the  curriculum  requirements  expand.  At  the  end  of  the  year,  in  consultation  with  the  English  HOD,  the  decision  was  made  that  the  criteria  for  placement  into  the  year  12  classes  needed  to  change  to  ensure  an  appropriate  level  of  writing  skill  to  cope  with  a  NCEA  level  2  programme,  rather  than  an  increase  in  support.      The  initiative  aims  to  target  students  in  different  ways:  

• By  placing  a  tutor  in  the  class,  working  alongside  the  students  to  help  support  the  teacher  in  curriculum  delivery.  The  tutor  will  receive  regular  weekly  training  (and  also  has  recognised  literacy  skills)  to  help  scaffold  the  teacher’s  instructions  and  reframe  the  work  for  those  requiring  further  assistance.  

• By  attaching  a  Literacy  Teacher  to  work  alongside  the  classroom  teacher  to  share  skills,  resources  and  develop  alternate  pathways  leading  to  success.  Each  classroom  teacher  shares  a  common  curriculum  but  an  individual  style  of  delivery.  The  role  of  the  literacy  specialist  is  to  develop  a  rapport  with  each  class  teacher  and  develop  out  programmes  of  work  suitable  for  use  within  different  classes.  This  may  necessitate  individual,  group  or  in-­‐class  support.    

• This  model  has  been  extended  across  curricula  and  can  be  used  to  support  the  school-­‐wide  literacy  drive.  • To  provide  ongoing  professional  development,  and  collegial  support,  between  the  specialist  and  generalist  teacher,  hereby  increasing  the  skill  base  of  both,  to  the  benefit  of  the  

student.    • To  build  up  a  bank  of  literacy  resources  aimed  at  supporting  curriculum  delivery,  and  expanding  the  use  of  strategies  available  to  both  students  and  teachers.      

 

60%   65%  53%   63%  

51%   52%   55%  

43%   39%  

30%  

37.50%  43%   42%   35%  

0%  

20%  

40%  

60%  

80%  

100%  

120%  

2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014   2015  

Comparison  of  Year  9  &  11  Entry  Reading  Levels  

Yr  9  students  at  entry   Yr  11  students  at  entry  

Page 73: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

71  

Year  11  Skill-­‐Up  Programme  In  2007  the  Junior  College  annual  data  collection  showed  that  the  overall  ability  of  some  of  our  Year  10  Literacy  Enhancement  group  was  such  that,  although  showing  measurable  literacy  growth  and  strong  self  management  skills,  these  students  would  benefit  from  a  more  stabilised  programme  for  the  compulsory  curriculum  subjects  coupled  with  developing  independence  within  their  other  three  subject  choices.  In  2007  provision  was  made  for  their  needs  by  creating  a  new  programme  at  Year  11.  Further  students  were  identified  as  being  most  at  risk  of  failing,  including  new  Year  11  and  selected  students  from  the  Targeted  Learning  class.      These  students  were  placed  together  in  a  small  class  (20-­‐22  students)  for  the  compulsory  subjects  of  English,  Maths  and  Science.  The  teachers  had  the  support  of  a  tutor  in  the    class  –  with  the  exception  of  English  which  was  team  taught  by  two  teachers,  one  a  teacher  of  English  and  the  other  a  Literacy  Teacher.      With  the  introduction  of  new  NZQA  literacy  and  numeracy  standards  the  decision  was  made  to  offer  the  literacy  credits  in  2010,  and  phase  out  the  communication  unit  standards  as  a  means  of  staircasing  the  literacy  of  the  students.  Numeracy  credits  would  be  offered,  followed  by  the  next  level  of  Achievement  Standards  as  appropriate.  New  data  collection  has  been  devised  to  measure  the  success  of  the  programme.    Class  retention  remains  high  and  the  class  averaged  attendance  rates  of  95%.  Fourteen  students  (63.5%)  achieved  the  full  NCEA  certificate  (nine,  last  year).  New  units  of  work  were  written  at  the  end  of  2012  and  aligned  with  successful  practice  (i.e.  specifically  developed  units  of  work,  carefully  scaffolded  and  assessed).      The  results  show  these  changes  have  directly  improved  classroom  practice.  From  2013  the  development  of  skills  required  for  Achievement  Standards  began  to  be  introduced.    The  collection  of  data  over  preceding  reports  has  shown  that  the  initiative  has  been  successful.  With  changes  occurring  nationally  in  NZQA  qualiifications  and  assessment  the  school  has  monitored  and  reported  the  acquisition  of  literacy  and  numeracy  credits  away  from  the  Learning  Support  Department.      Data  collected  two  years  ago  showed  the  majority  of  year  11  students  gained  their  literacy  credits  in  the  ‘end  of  year’  literacy  collation.  The  intention  was  for  the  Director  of  Learning  Support  to  collect  data  on  the  acquisition  of  literacy  credits  early  in  Term  2,  to  better  inform  our  practice.  This  became  incorporated  within  the  school-­‐wide  ART  strategy.          

82%  89%  

100%   100%  

24%  

65%  

86%   91%  

53%  

88%  95%  

0%  

20%  

40%  

60%  

80%  

100%  

2011   2012   2013   2014  

Literacy/Numeracy  Year  11  Literacy  Enhancement  Class  

Numeracy  gained  within  MAFL   Literacy  gained  within  ENL   Literacy  gained  across  serngs  

Page 74: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

72  

LITERACY  –  NUMERACY  &  THE  A.R.T  STRATEGY  The  application  of  the  A.R.T  (achievement,  retention  and  transition)  strategy  is  to  identify  student  achievement  in  NCEA  Level  1  literacy  and  numeracy,  and  use  the  analysis  to  develop  interventions  for  both  students  and  programmes.    The  numeracy  initiative  was  already  well  underway  within  the  Maths  Department,  and  information  regarding  this  is  available  within  the  Mathematic  HOD’s  curriculum  report.      The  Year  11  literacy  initiative  has  clearly  established,  in  the  preceding  data,  that  11ENI  classes  have  students  with  significant  literacy  needs;  being  identified  at  the  point  of  entry  into  the  school,  placed  for  English  into  11ENI  classes,  and  having  in-­‐class  support  put  into  place.  Underpinning  this  literacy  initiative  had  been  professional  development  on  the  teaching  and  scaffolding  of  literacy  strategies  within  the  context  of  the  classroom.  It  had  been  expected  in  the  years  since  NCEA  literacy  standards  had  been  introduced  that,  since  they  were  set  at  curriculum  level  4/5,  they  would  be  introduced  from  the  start  of  the  year  and  used  as  a  means  of  scaffolding  the  students  learning  through  to  working  on  Achievement  Standards,  set  at  level  6.      All  entries  and  mark  books  needed  to  be  up  to  date  and  entered  into  Kamar  towards  the  end  of  term  2.  This  would  be  a  good  time  to  check  progress,  being  two-­‐thirds  of  the  way  through  the  academic  year.  At  this  point  in  2014,  of  the  four  11ENI  classes;  

• 50%  of  students  had  gained  no  credits,  o 26%  of  students  had  gained  1  standard,  o 24%  of  students  had  gained  2  standards    

• One  class  only  was  using  literacy  credits  to  assess  student  progress.    • Attendance  issues  were  prevalent.  

The  majority  of  teachers  were  using  the  Achievement  Standard  pathway  to  assess  their  students’  progress.    A  professional  development  programme  aimed  at  addressing  the  issues  raised  was  developed  collaboratively  with,  and  delivered  by,  members  from  both  the  Learning  Support  and  English  Departments.  Shared  expertise  and  recent  research,  highlighted;  

• Shared  concern  and  enthusiasm  around  the  need  to  actively  promote  the  use  of  literacy  teaching  into  programmes  of  learning.  • A  recognition  that  the  last  significant  thrust  in  this  area  was  10  years  ago  (2003-­‐05)  and  that  staff  changes,  the  passage  of  time  and  focus  with  other  aspects  of  teaching  and  learning  

had  eroded  the  active  use  of  literacy  practice  within  the  class  setting.    • The  need  to  establish  the  training  to  incorporate  a  solid  base  of  teaching  and  learning,  recognizing  that  literacy  strategies  are  not  enough  on  their  own  to  create  self-­‐regulated  

learners  able  to  transfer  their  learning.  • To  recognize  that  students  with  a  history  of  literacy  failure  need  their  literacy  needs  simply  and  explicitly  met,    • With  opportunities  to  practice  both  the  literacy  skill-­‐set,  as  well  as  the  teaching  content  and  process,    • The  importance  of  students’  experiencing  success  and  that  the  provision  of  more  accessible  literacy  credits,  included  earlier  and  as  an  integrated  component  of  their  programme,  

could  help  to  provide  this  success  as  well  as  be  a  measurement  marker  of  progress.    The  professional  development  was  provided  as  an  active  model  of  engagement  with  the  department,  who  were  led  by  their  HOD  who  was  a  member  of  the  planning  group.  Different  members  of  the  team  delivered  different  aspects  of  the  training.  The  Learning  Support  Department  developed  a  scaffolded  reading  text  using  strategies  based  on  TKI  Literacy  Online  “Guidelines  for  effective  adolescent  literacy  instruction”.    English  and  Literacy  teachers  worked  collaborative  to  further  develop  a  range  of  texts  aimed  at  engaging  students  and  actively  scaffolding  their  literacy  learning.  A  more  detailed  description  of  the  initiative  can  be  found  as  part  of  the  Teaching  as  Inquiry  project.  Examples  of  the  scaffolded  texts  are  available  on  Sharepoint.      

Page 75: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

73  

Ongoing  mentoring  of  teachers  and  support  of  students  within  Yr  11  Literacy  Initiative  will  be  provided  in  2015  as  part  of  the  Skill  and  Programme  Development  component  within  the  Learning  Support  framework.  Comparative  data  showing  the  acquisition  of  literacy  standards  will  be  collected  two-­‐thirds  of  the  way  through  the  2015  academic  year  to  measure  progress,  and  will  be  reported  in  the  following  year.        SKILL  AND  PROGRAMME  DEVELOPMENT  A  range  of  teacher  skill  development  and  learning  support  development  programmes  are  identified,  developed  and  implemented  to  keep  students  successfully  in  learning.      Literacy  Teacher  –  The  role  of  the  literacy  teacher  is  to;    

• Identify  students’  literacy  needs  through  assessment,  individually  and  within  classroom  programmes,  and  to  provide  appropriate  learning  assistance,  resources  and  interventions  for  students,  and  curriculum  teachers  of  these  students.  

• Provide  professional  development  for  programmes  designed  to  address  literacy  needs,  targeted  towards  a  range  of  learners  and  delivered  according  to  need.  Professional  development  of  literacy  needs  occurs  across  curriculum  settings,  targeted  towards  a  range  of  learners  (students,  teachers  and  parents)  and  delivered  according  to  need.  The  A.R.T  strategy  is  a  clear  example  of  one  way  in  which  skill  and  programme  development  may  occur.  The  aforementioned  literacy  initiative  –  including  enhancements  across  a  range  of  curriculum  areas  in  another.    Over  the  2014  year  –  the  literacy  teacher:    

• Worked  with  all  the  mainstream  Junior  College  classes,  Year  11  and  12  English  classes  as  well  as  the  Targeted  Learning  class  to  develop  and  implement  programmes  designed  to  address  literacy  needs  i.e.  vocabulary  development,  lower  levels  of  comprehension  and  critical  thinking  skills,  spelling  programmes,  writing  and  thinking  frameworks.  

• A  recent  focus  has  been  on  supporting  teachers  to  assess  classes  using  the  AsTTle  tool.  This  is  now  in  place  across  all  Junior  College  English  classes  and  11ENL,  and  is  being  trialled  in  the  extension  Year  9  (9YD)  Maths  class  (by  the  Academic  Dean).  

• Provided  professional  development  with  teachers  in  Mathematics  /  English  –  Literacy  to  develop  and  integrate  the  use  of  literacy  strategies  into  schemes  of  work.  This  included  attending  the  MOE  literacy  workshop  and  providing  further  PD  for  the  mathematics  teacher  involved.  

• Supported  professional  development  of  wider  school  initiatives  i.e.  After  3  programmes  and  new  teacher  professional  development.  • Provision  of  one-­‐on-­‐one  classroom  assistance  and  small  group  work.  • Development  of  Literacy  Enhancement  programmes  to  link  existing  assessment  to  the  AsTTle  reading  and  writing  levels,  including  purpose  and  audience;  and  units  of  work  to  the  

new  curriculum  document.  • Delivered  NCEA  Supported  Learning  standards  with  a  group  of  senior  (year  3)  Targeted  Learning  students.  

In  2015  –  this  initiative  will:  provide  ongoing  mentoring  of  teachers  and  support  of  students    within  the  Yr  11  Literacy  Initiative,  support  referred  students  struggling  with  higher  level  curriculum  areas  and  junior  college  enhanced  literacy/reading  programmes.      Specialist  Teacher  –  The  role  of  the  Specialist  teacher  is  to  support  students  who  have  been  identified  as  having;  

• Special  education  needs  that  require  a  period  of  individual  support,  • ORS  (On-­‐going  Resource  Scheme)  student  verification  with  Very  High,  or  High  needs,  and  no  MOE  agency  provider,  • A  transition  focus  to  move  beyond  the  school  where  it  is  clear  they  will  continue  to  require  the  highest  level  of  specialist  support,  including  the  development  of  supported  learning  

standards      

Page 76: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

74  

Over  the  2014  year  –  the  specialist  teacher:  • Had  a  caseload  of  senior  students  with  identified  learning  needs  e.g.  ORS,  those  requiring  Special  Assessment  Conditions  and  other  students  with  significant  learning/literacy/special  

needs  who  required  specialist  support  within  the  Y11/Senior  College.  A  wraparound  service  is  being  developed  providing  individual  study  time,  IEPs  and  transition  programmes,  including  contact  with  the  students’  caregivers.    

• Attended  ‘Enabling  Good  Lives’  focused  on  transitioning  ORS  students  beyond  the  school.    • Continued  developing  a  transition  process  to  move  senior  students  from  Targeted  Learning  to  community-­‐based  next  steps.  This  required  networking  with  schools,  CPIT,  Creative  

Works,  IDEA,  Vision,  Employment  Plus  and  the  Academy.  • Trialled  the  use  of  the  speech-­‐function  of  iPads  to  enable  students  to  access  information  from  Websites  when  doing  research  (see  Teaching  as  Inquiry  project)  –  and  monitored  

students  using  Dragon  Naturally  Speaking.  • Tested  literacy  levels  of  new  students  enrolling  in  the  school  beyond  key  enrolment  times.  

 In  2015  –  Working  collaboratively  with  the  HOD  Targeted  Learning  to  develop  the  use  of  supported  learning  standards  within  the  expanded  Targeted  Learning  programme.  Further,  Van  Asch  requested  that  the  college  provide  a  specialist  teacher,  experienced  at  secondary  level,  to  replace  their  teacher  of  the  deaf  position  for  three  identified  deaf  students.    Academic  Dean  –  The  role  is  to  identify  and  support  students  achieving  at  a  level  beyond  their  peers,  and  to  make  appropriate  provision  while  stretching  them  in  areas  of  strength  and  developing  them  in  areas  of  weakness.  This  will  include  providing  an  appropriately  challenging  curriculum  through  extension  of  the  curriculum  and  enrichment  beyond  it,  coupled  with  support  and  guidance  of  all  appropriate  school  personnel  in  meeting  these  students’  needs.    Over  the  2014  year  –  the  Academic  Dean:  

• Supported  a  group  of  9  students  in  Year  9.  • Helped  with  Maths  testing  using  the  AsTTle  tool  in  Year  9  • Continued  to  identify  academically  more  able  students  and  created  a  register  of  such  students;  23  in  total  across  Years  9-­‐13.    • Supported  these  students  across  their  courses  and  personal  lives.  The  students  did  the  ICAS  tests,  attended  the  Gifted  and  Talented  Conference  in  May,  and  worked  in  MyPortfolio  

setting  goals  for  themselves  and  reflecting  on  these.    • Supported  students  with  Scholarship  courses  and  applications  for  University  

 In  2015  –  this  initiative  aimed  to:  support  already  identified  academically  able  students  or  those  with  other  talents,  identify  new  students  in  need  of  academic  support  and  enrichment,  offer  the  use  of  the  AsTTle  tool  into  other  Junior  Maths  classes  and  help  teachers  to  differentiate  their  programmes  as  a  means  of  meeting  the  academic  needs  of  identified  students  within  their  class.  Unfortunately,  the  position  was  identifyed  as  surplus  to  requirements  during  the  CAPNA  process  and  disestablished  at  the  end  of  2014.  The  aim  will  be  to  re-­‐establish  it  at  the  earliest  possible  opportunity.          

Page 77: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

75  

LEARNING  SUPPORT  PROGRAMMES      Targeted  Learning  Department  There  are  currently  17  students  with  learning  and/or  behaviour  needs  placed  in  this  class,  five  of  whom  are  new  Year  9  students.  Students  in  this  class  have  the  following  group  characteristics:  

• Mild  intellectual  disabilities.  • (Individually)  a  range  of  additional  medical  and  developmental  conditions,  including  Autistic  Spectrum  Disorder,  ADHD  or  ADD,  Dyspraxia,  Dyslexia,  Brain  injury,  ODD,  Tourettes,  and  

Cerebral  Palsy.  • Substantial  learning  delay  or  challenges  resulting  from  the  above  disabilities  and  conditions.  • A  school  history  of  substantially  lower  academic  development  and  achievement  compared  with  most  of  their  age  group  peers.  • In  some  cases,  students  have  developed  limited  social  interaction  skills,  have  limited  self-­‐esteem  and/or  anxiety  issues,  and/or  inappropriate  behaviours  or  actions  causing  harm  to  

themselves  or  others  (careful  consideration  is  nevertheless  given  to  the  overall  mix  of  the  class  so  as  to  make  sure  that  the  amount  of  possible  challenging  behaviour  is  low  enough  to  enable  a  happy  and  effective  working  environment  to  be  the  typical  norm  for  the  class).    

• Early-­‐mid  adolescent  stage  of  development  (13-­‐16yrs).  • Mixed  gender  (nine  girls,  eight  boys).  

   While  the  class  operates  mainly  as  a  distinctive  programme  within  the  school,  it  is  integrated  into  aspects  of  the  regular  school  and  neighbourhood  community.  It  follows  an  inclusive  model  whereby  all  students  participate  with  their  regular  age  group  peers  in  the  wider  school  ‘option’  modules,  undertake  some  learning  in  the  regular  part  of  the  school  campus,  and  have  a  number  of  teachers  taking  them  who  operate  mainly  in  the  regular  part  of  the  school.  Where  appropriate  to  individual  student  priority  needs,  consideration  can  be  given  to  inclusion  of  particular  students  into  other  programmes  within  the  school,  based  on  their  being  able  to  function  within  the  curriculum  level  range  of  those  other  classes.    Such  decisions  are  based  on  comprehensive  assessment  of  each  student  at  the  start  of  the  year.      The  class  has  a  high  emphasis  on  participation  in  activities  taking  place  in  the  regular  Christchurch  community.      The  programme  is  targeted  at  students  in  their  first  three  to  four  years  of  secondary  education.  In  the  first  two  years  of  the  programme,  the  curriculum  imperative  of  improving  students’  functional  literacy  and  numeracy  skills  takes  precedence.    This  is  consistent  with  the  Key  Competencies  of  the  NZ  Curriculum  relating  to  ‘Understanding  Language,  Symbols  and  Text’  and  ‘Managing  Self’.      Other  aspects  of  the  Targeted  Learning  programme  also  cater  for  skill  development  within  the  three  other  Key  Competencies  of  the  NZ  Curriculum  (‘Relating  to  Others’,  ‘Participating  and  Contributing’,  and  ‘Thinking’  skills).    The  prioritised  targeted  learning  goals  within  each  students’  IEP  are  referenced  against  these  Key  Competencies;  and  assessment  is  referenced  against  NZ  Curriculum  levels  to  ensure  the  most  appropriate  placement  within  the  range  of  programmes  offered  within  the  school.  Students’  final  one  to  two  years  in  the  programme  see  additional  learning  and  experiences  related  to  transition  towards  life  beyond  school  for  them:    NCEA  supported  learning  standard  work,  STAR  courses,  work  experience  placements  in  the  community  (from  the  age  of  sixteen),  other  purposeful  pursuits,  and/or  functional  living  skills  for  life  beyond  school  (such  as  bussing  and  shopping).      In  2015,  related  considerations  include:  

• Working  strongly  with  all  students  and  their  caregivers,  using  the  IEP  process  to  plan  collaboratively  so  that  each  student  leads  a  life  that  has  ‘value,  purpose  and  some  measure  of  independence’.    

• The  class  programme  providing  an  opportunity  for  its  students  to  begin  to  develop  the  knowledge,  skills  and  motivation  required  to  function  as  independently  and  as  happily  as  possible  within  their  community  and  the  world  they  will  be  a  part  of  when  leaving  school.  

• Targeting  knowledge  and  skills  –  general  literacy,  functional  literacy,  verbal  communication,  functional  numeracy,  recreation,  health  and  well-­‐being  education  and  functional  living  skills.    

Page 78: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

76  

• Post-­‐school  future  considerations  of  paid  employment  prospects,  appropriate  tertiary  study  options  and  the  importance  of  alternative  purposeful  pursuits.  • Transition  to  ‘life  beyond  school’  focus  and  NCEA  unit  standard  work  based  around  functional  lifeskills  and  Supported  Learning  unit  standards.  

 Diagnostic  Unit  The  number  of  students  being  seen  by  the  Diagnostic  Assessment  Unit  has  risen  quite  exponentially  over  the  past  few  years.  This  total  consisted  of:    

• New  Entrant  assessments  (119)  • Year  9  and  10  reassessments  (145)  • Full  assessments  for  Special  Assessment  Conditions  (5)  

As  well  as  this,  data  has  been  compiled  and  analysed  for  the  Junior  College  profiles   and   a   new   summary   form   devised   to   meet   the   changing  requirements   for   applications   on   behalf   of   students   requesting   Special  Assessment  Conditions.      Special  Needs  in  the  College  Individual  Education  Plans  (IEPs)  occur  for  all  ORS  funded  students.  Information  gathering  and  programme  placement  occurs  at  the  point  of  transition  into  the  school,  with  follow-­‐up  IEP  meetings  being  held  early  in  Term  2  to  set  specific  goals.  The  school  presently  has  seven  ORS  students;  three  vision,  two  hearing  and  two  with  intellectual  needs.  Also,  two  HLN  (High  Learning  Need  -­‐  new  category),  one  transitioning  under  Enabling  Good  Lives  (EGL)  and  one  student  under  the  Intense  Wraparound  Services.  The  Van  Asch  satellite  class  is  additional  to  these  figures.    Changes  in  Ministry  of  Education  legislation  has  seen  the  funding  process  change,  with  ORS  funding  for  teacher  support  for  visually  and/or  hearing  impaired  students  being  given  to  the  Elmwood  Visual  Resource  Centre  and  Van  Asch  respectively.  This  year  Van  Asch  requested  Hagley  provide  a  teacher  in  the  Teacher  of  Deaf  position,  as  expertise  within  the  secondary  sector  was  required.    This  has  been  accommodated  within  the  Specialist  Teacher  position  and  ORS  funding  transferred.    Special  Assessment  Conditions  Candidates  with  ‘permanent  or  long-­‐term  conditions  or  learning  difficulties,  which  they  believe  will  significantly  impair  their  performance  in  specified  external  and  internal  assessments  –  particularly  written  examinations  –  may  apply’  for  Special  Assessment  Conditions.  NZQA  regulations  have  made  it  clear  that  schools  are  expected  to  use  both  internal  and  external  means  of  assessment  and  that  following  an  internal  pathway  would  be  considered  a  more  appropriate  pathway  than  using  SACs  for  some  students.  The  level  of  structured  support  at  Hagley  is  such  that  this  expectation  is  already  in  place.  However,  approval  now  has  to  be  sought  for  both  internal  and  external  use  of  SACs.      Learning  Support  profiles  are  occurring  for  individual  students  eligible  for  Special  Assessment  Conditions.  This  provides  teachers  with  a  summary  of  concerns  surrounding  the  student’s  learning  difficulties,  and  recommendations  for  useful  classroom  strategies.          

0  

50  

100  

150  

200  

250  

300  

350  

2002   2003   2004   2005   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  

Number  of  Students  Assessed  by  the  DiagnosRc  Unit  

Number of students assessed!

Page 79: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Learning  Support  -­‐  Annual  Portfolio  Report:  Hagley  College  2015         Page            

77  

NZQA  have  made  elaborate  assessment,  reporting  and  seemingly  untrialled  administrative  changes  to  this  process.  Coupled  with  shortened  timeframes  and  seemingly  untrialled  ICT  processes,  considerable  workload  and  administrative  issues  have  occurred.  

• New  database  to  be  used  for  input  of  applications  –  very  difficult  and  time  consuming,  and  was  new  again  in  2014.  

• New  requirements  for  diagnostic  reporting  –  updated.  • New  requirements  for  diagnostic  assessment  -­‐  updated.  • Further  changes  in  requirements  for  the  SACs  database  

occurred.  • As  a  result  of  Hagley’s  unique  situation  of  gaining  large  

numbers  of  new  senior  students  to  the  school,  dispensation  was  sought  and  approved  to  extend  the  application  deadline  beyond  the  first  term  of  the  academic  year,  this  was  continued  in  2014.  

 Funding  The  department  is  responsible  for  the  allocation  of  funds  coming  from  the  Special  Education  Grant  (SEG),  On-­‐going  Resource  Scheme  (ORS),  Integration  monies  (e.g.  IWS/Intensive  Wraparound  Services,  ACC)  and  RTLB  Yr  11-­‐13  funding.  The  nature  of  ‘new’monies,  coming  from  reallocated  sources  such  as  the  RTLB  funding,  are  tightly  ‘targeted’  and  accountable,  requiring  applications  with  ‘intervention  outcomes  or  impacts  that  must  be  measureable  and  reportable’  to  access  Year  11-­‐13  funding;  which  remain  reliant  on  ‘the  collection  of  pre  and  post  measure’  reporting.  Integration-­‐type  funding  e.g.  ORS/IWS  is  also  highly  accountable  and  specific  to  the  individual.      In  2006  the  school  was  identified  as  having  a  disproportionate  number  of  students  with  moderate  Special  Education  needs.  The  Learning  Support  Board  of  Trustees  reports  have  consistently  shown  that  we  continue  to  attract  the  same  proportion  of  vulnerable  students  lacking  essential  learning  skills,  and  that  we  continue  to  “make  a  positive,  measurable  difference”.    The  provision  of  funding  is  central  to  provision  of  the  resource.  The  Special  Education  Grant  has  flexibility  in  its  usage  and  that,  coupled  with  the  Yr  11-­‐13  funding,  and  support  of  monies  budgeted  by  the  college  (via  the    Board  of  Trustees),  from  Targeted  Funding,  helps  to  flexibly  fund  the  provision  of  the  majority  of  services  targeted  to  improve  student  learning  through  the  effective  implementation  of  integrated  student  learning  support  services.    The  Learning  Support  portfolio  is  underpinned  by  comprehensive  policies  and  job  descriptions,  all  of  which  were  reviewed  in  2014/15.  

0  

4  

8  

12  

16  

2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  

Number  of  Students  Using  Special  Assessment  CondiRons  

Number of students using SACs!

Page 80: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating College’s Years 9-11 79page

Page 81: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

80  

Table  of  Contents    

INTRODUCTION  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  82  

PRIMARY  GOAL  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  83  

PROGRAMMES  OF  LEARNING  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  83  

STUDENT  PROFILE  AND  CREDIT  ACHIEVEMENT  ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................  86  9DA  Student  Credit  Achievement  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  86  Class  Profile  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  86  Class  Credit  Performance  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  86  9YD  Student  Credit  Achievement  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  87  Class  Profile  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  87  Class  Credit  Performance  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  87  9WM  Student  Credit  Achievement  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  88  Class  Profile  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  88  Class  Credit  Performance  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  88  9RA  Student  Credit  Achievement  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  89  Class  Profile  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  89  Class  Credit  Performance  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  89  10CM  Student  Credit  Achievement  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  90  Class  Profile  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  90  Class  Credit  Performance  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  90  10MR  Student  Credit  Achievement  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  91  Class  Profile  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  91  Class  Credit  Performance  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  91  10WL  Student  Credit  Achievement  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  92  Class  Profile  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  92  Class  Credit  Performance  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  92  10BT  Student  Credit  Achievement  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  93  Class  Profile  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  93  Class  Credit  Performance  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  93  

STUDENT  PERFORMANCE  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  94  Class  Credits  Achievement  2014  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  94  Oneway  Analysis  of  %  Credits  By  Class  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  94  Gender  Credit  Performance  .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  94  

STUDENT  GRADUATION  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  96  Entry  to  Next  Year  Level  and  Senior  College  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  96  Overall  Junior  College  Graduation  Rates  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  96  Year  10  Graduation  Rates  ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  97  

Page 82: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

81  

Year  9  Certificate  of  Achievement  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  97  Assemblies  and  Graduation  Ceremony  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  97  Analysis  of  Graduation  Awards  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  98  

LEARNING  ENVIRONMENT  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  99  Student  Management  Systems  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  99  Special  Enrolments  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  99  Learning  and  Social  Environment  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  99  

STUDENT  ENROLMENT  AND  RETENTION  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  99  Open  Day  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  99  Out-­‐of-­‐Zone  Places  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  99  Class  Numbers  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  100  Student  Re-­‐enrolment  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  100  Student  Induction  Programme  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  100  Student  Retention  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  100  Low  Absenteeism  ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  100  Orientation  Evening  .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  100  Meet  the  Teacher  and  Report  Evenings  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  100  

     

Page 83: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

82  

INTRODUCTION  Prior  to  1998,  students  in  Year  9  and  10  at  Hagley  Community  College  were  failing.  The  Junior  College  was  characterised  by  high  suspension  rates,  poor  student  retention  and  very  low  student  performance.  The  majority  of  students  had  left  school  prior  to  Year  12  with  no  qualifications  and  little  achievement.  All  Hagley  Junior  College  students  met  the  Ministry  of  Education  criteria  of  ‘students  at  risk’.  A  new  model  for  education  delivery  has  been  established  to  dramatically  improve  student  learning  and  achievement  for  Year  9  and  10  students.      In  1998  the  College  implemented  an  ambitious  project  to  improve  the  achievement  of  students  studying  in  the  Junior  College  (Years  9  and  10).  The  College  wanted  the  primary  focus  to  be  on  student  learning  for  all  participants  (students,  parents  and  staff).  To  do  this  we  needed  to  create  a  learning  model  that  would  establish  the  boundaries  and  standards  for  student  learning  and  support  and  teach  students  ‘how  to  learn’.  The  eight  essential  learning  skills  of  the  New  Zealand  Curriculum  Framework  provided  the  basis  for  us  to  integrate  the  standards  and  the  concepts  of  learning  how  to  learn.  The  premise  we  made  was  “Students  that  have  well  developed  essential  learning  skills  will  be  successful  learners  regardless  of  the  context  of  their  learning”.    Hagley  Junior  College  is  a  two  year  graduating  college  for  Year  9  and  10  students.  It  has  as  its  foundation  three  important  features:  • A  ‘Contract  of  Learning’  between  parents,  students  and  the  College.  The  focus  of  this  contract  is  on  the  student’s  learning  based  upon  agreed  goals  and  responsibilities.  • A  ‘credit’  system  across  the  whole  curriculum  that  rewards  students  for  achievement  in  the  five  key  competencies  of  the  National  Curriculum  Framework.  The  credits  accumulate  towards  

a  graduating  ‘Diploma  in  Learning’.  The  minimum  target  of  achievement  for  every  student  is  at  the  60%  performance  level.  •   Ensuring  students  are  studying  at  their  correct  learning  level.  This  means  accurate  diagnostic  assessment  and  placement  at  enrolment.  It  also  means  advancing  students  to  a  higher  

learning  level  when  they  have  demonstrated  they  have  acquired  the  necessary  essential  skills  for  successful  learning,  or  retaining  them  at  their  present  learning  level  until  such  time  as  they  have  acquired  the  necessary  skills  for  advanced  study.  

 A  proportion  of  the  current  student  population  entering  the  Hagley  Junior  College  continue  to  exhibit  poor  essential  learning  skills  with  over  30%  of  students  below  their  chronological  age  in  literacy  and  numeracy  and  with  significant  numbers  of  students  with  specific  learning  disabilities  such  as  Dyslexia,  Dyspraxia,  Dysgraphia  and  Asperger’s  Syndrome.  Many  students  have  had  poor  experiences  in  previous  learning  situations,  have  not  achieved  and  as  a  consequence  often  present  themselves  to  the  College  with  low  or  variable  self-­‐esteem.  The  focus  of  the  Junior  College  for  these  students  is  to  reclaim  the  lost  ground  and  to  graduate  them  at  the  end  of  Year  10  with  the  skills  to  be  able  to  successfully  engage  in  National  Qualifications.  There  is  an  increasingly  larger  group  of  students  coming  into  the  Junior  College  who  are  demonstrating  high  levels  of  academic  achievement,  key  competency  development,  and  motivation  but  all  of  them  have  frquently  experienced  barriers  to  their  engagement  in  learning.  For  these  students  the  focus  of  the  Junior  College  is  to  enhance  their  learning  experiences  and  extend  their  learning  to  enable  them  to  meet  their  full  potential.    The  Junior  College  portfolio  is  one  of  the  16  educational  portfolios  directed  at  raising  student  achievement.  The  Junior  College  portfolio  reports  on  Hagley’s  ability  to  provide  dynamic  learning  experiences  that  will  engage  students  in  learning  and  provide  them  with  the  opportunity  to  raise  their  achievement  and  become  successful  learners.      

Page 84: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

83  

PRIMARY  GOAL  The  primary  goal  of  the  Junior  College  portfolio  is  to  develop  successful  learners  (Years  9  and  10)  so  that  on  graduation  students  can  meaningfully  engage  in  National  Qualifications  at  Year  11.      This  portfolio  has  the  following  key  outcomes:  

• Programmes  of  learning  are  responsive  in  meeting  the  learning  needs  of  students.  • Student  performance  will  improve  in  the  essential  learning  skills  and  learning  objectives.  • Every  student  will  graduate  from  the  Junior  College  with  a  Diploma  in  Learning.  • A  safe  physical  and  emotional  environment  for  students.  • High  levels  of  satisfaction  expressed  by  students  in  the  Junior  Graduating  College.  • High  levels  of  enrolment  into  the  College  and  high  levels  of  retention  into  the  Senior  College.    

This  review  reports  on  the  performance  of  the  College  across  all  these  key  outcomes  for  2013.      PROGRAMMES  OF  LEARNING  The  programmes  of  learning  in  the  Junior  College  are  responsive  to  meeting  the  learning  needs  and  requirements  of  students.        Diagnostic  Assessment:  As  a  matter  of  course,  all  Junior  College  students  undertake  a  diagnostic  assessment  prior  to  their  placement  in  a  class.  The  results  from  these  assessments  are  discussed  at  the  enrolment  interview  that  each  student  has  with  the  Head  of  Junior  College.  Each  interview  is  concluded  with  the  student  and  parents  signing  the  Contract  of  Learning.    Class  Information:  This  is  produced  from  the  enrolment  and  diagnostic  summary.  The  information  is  presented  to  the  class  teachers  at  a  Junior  College  teacher  training  session  held  before  the  first  day  of  classes  in  Term  1.        Class  Profiles:  The  class  profiles  are  built  up  from  the  above  information.  They  include  data  relating  to  the  whole  year  level  and  the  make-­‐up  of  each  individual  class,  and  are  supported  by  confidential  notes  to  teachers  which  indicate  any  student’s  involvement  with  educational  or  other  support  services  in  the  past  plus  any  physical,  social  or  emotional  factors  which  teachers  would  need  to  be  aware  of.  The  profiles  also  include  information  on  students’  reading  levels,  spelling  levels  and  intellectual  ability  plus  any  perceived  needs  for  remedial  or  extension  work.    Class  Plans:  The  information  from  the  class  profiles  is  put  together  into  individual  class  plans  with  additional  diagnostic  results  from  testing  done  in  classes  at  the  beginning  of  February  (e.g.  AsTTle,  Fast  Forward).  The  educational  plan  describes  the  learning  needs  and  requirements  of  the  students.  The  plans  were  presented  to  the  teachers  of  each  at  the  beginning  of  March.    Literacy  Enhancement:  Students  whose  diagnostic  profiles  indicate  significant  literacy  deficits  are  placed  in  Literacy  Enhancement  classes  at  Year  9  and  Year  10.  Specialist  literacy  teaching  and  support  is  provided  for  these  students.    Curriculum:  The  Junior  College  curriculum  was  reviewed  in  2003  and  again  in  2012.  The  review  process  included  students,  parents  and  staff.  As  a  result  of  the  review  two  major  changes  were  made.  Learning  to  Learn  was  established  as  a  core  (one  hour  per  week)  subject  for  all  Junior  College  students.  The  programme  has  been  designed  to  enhance  student  learning  through  explicit  teaching  of  learning,  literacy  and  thinking  skills.  The  course  has  been  delivered  to  Year  9  students  since  2004.    

Page 85: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

84  

The  thinking  behind  the  introduction  of  this  one  hour  programme  for  all  Year  9  students  is  that  difficulties  with  literacy  provide  a  significant  barrier  to  students  becoming  successful  learners.  We  want  to  remove  this  barrier  to  learning  by  focusing  on  ‘learning  to  think  through  literacy  strategies’  (Whitehead)  to  enable  all  Junior  College  students  to  experience  success  and  to  raise  their  achievement.  The  results  since  2005  have  shown  that  this  strategy  is  working  as  more  students  have  high  levels  of  attendance  and  have  produced  the  highest  percentage  of  graduates  since  the  inception  of  the  Junior  College  in  1998.      The  second  change  was  to  the  structure  of  the  Year  9  and  Year  10  module  programme.  In  the  past  all  Year  9  and  Year  10  students  had  studied  the  non-­‐core  components  of  their  programmes  in  a  module  fashion,  i.e.  short  courses  of  approximately  10  weeks.  In  response  to  demand  for  greater  choice  and  opportunity  for  more  in-­‐depth  study  from  students,  parents  and  staff,  the  profile  was  changed  to  create  a  greater  number  of  modules  in  Year  9,  and  an  option  system  was  introduced  for  Year  10  students.  This  has  operated  successfully  since  2004  and  was  reviewed  in  2012.  The  lack  of  a  suitable  Te  Reo  Maori  teacher  necessitated  a  change  to  the  Yr  9  Modules  for  2014.    After  identifying  class  needs,  9DA  undertook  an  intensive  Social  Skills  programme  led  by  two  of  the  College’s  counsellors.    The  remaining  mainstream  classes  each  completed  a  7  week  module  in  NZ  Sign  Language,  taught  by  Van  Asch  staff.  The  Targeted  Learning  class  completed  a  seven  week  module  in  Claymation.    In  2013  the  Junior  Targeted  Learning  class  was  incorporated  back  into  the  module  programme.  They  contniued  to  particpate  and  achieve  well  in  this  programme  in  2014.  A  new  Junior  College  Prospectus  was  produced  last  year  to  keep  students  and  parents  fully  informed  of  what  is  being  taught.        Over  the  past  four  years  an  increasing  number  of  students  enrolling  into  the  Junior  College  have  been  exhibiting  very  high  verbal  and  performance  thinking  scores  in  their  diagnostic  testing.  The  academic  needs  of  each  student  has  always  been  discussed  during  the  enrolment  interview  process,  and  individual  plans  for  extension  are  devised  and  implemented  as  needed.  Some  of  these  students  have  studied  courses  at  a  higher  curriculum  level;  others  have  done  Correspondence  School  classes.  At  the  start  of  2010  the  decision  was  made  to  offer  the  ICAS  exams  run  by  the  University  of  New  South  Wales  as  a  further  challenge  for  our  students.  Subjects  offered  for  examination  were  Computer  Skills,  Science,  Creative  Writing,  English  and  Mathematics.  These  exams  were  again  offered  in  2014.    Results  from  the  exams  have  been  very  pleasing  with  students  gaining  credit,  merit,  distinction  and  high  distinction  awards.  With  the  appointment  of  an  Academic  Dean  in  Term  3  2010,  the  ICAS  exams  have  been  transferred  to  this  area  of  responsibility.  The  Academic  Dean  has  continued  to  specifically  target  the  able  Year  9  and  10  students  and  ensure  their  academic  needs  are  being  appropriately  met.  A  variety  of  extra-­‐curricular  experiences  were  made  available  to  students  in  2014.    A  one  day  orientation  programme  was  held  for  all  Year  9  and  Year  10  students  at  the  start  of  the  year.  The  Year  9  Tutors  assisted  the  new  juniors  to  find  their  way  around  the  College,  understand  their  timetables,  organise  their  stationery  and  begin  the  process  of  getting  to  know  each  other  in  their  classes.      Junior  students  were  very  well  represented  in  teams  competing  in  the  inter-­‐secondary  schools  Wednesday  sports  competitions  with  the  majority  of  students  enrolling  in  at  least  one  sport  during  the  year.  A  large  number  of  juniors  signed  up  for  sport  every  term.  Several  Junior  College  students  volunteered  for  the  Sports  Council  and  took  on  leadership  roles  within  the  Council.  Several  other  physical  activities  featured  in  2014.  The  annual  school  Cross  Country  run  was  held  in  April.  While  many  students  found  this  a  very  challenging  event,  it  was  pleasing  to  see  the  majority  of  junior  students  pushing  themselves  to  achieve  their  personal  bests.  Various  activities  were  run  by  the  Sports  Council  and  junior  students  participated  eagerly.  The  annual  Cantamaths  competition  saw  Year  9  and  10  teams  competing  with  a  great  deal  of  energy  and  enthusiasm.  Similarly,  many  junior  students  have  participated  in  the  College  Music  programmes,  culminating  in  the  Junior  Music  Showcase  held  in  December.          

Page 86: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

85  

During  Term  4  2008,  the  College  began  a  trial  Youth  Workers  Scheme.  Two  youth  workers  from  the  24/7  South  City  Youth  Trust  donated  their  time  at  lunchtimes  to  interact  with  students  and  run  activities.  This  was  very  successful  and  the  College  has  supported  the  scheme  on  a  paid  basis  since  2009.        The  youth  workers  have  developed  a  strong  presence  in  the  school  and  have  worked  with  a  large  range  of  students.  They  have  made  themselves  available  to  support  students  and  staff  at  school  events  such  as  Athletics  day,  activities  days,  Pirate  Fun  Day,  Camp,  and  Prizegiving.  During  2014  the  youth  workers  continued  their  presence  in  the  College,  including  the  running  of  the  Wednesday  morning  Breakfast  Club  and  mentoring  of  individual  students.  During  2011  the  liaison  link  for  the  24/7  Youth  Workers  was  transferred  from  the  HOD  Junior  College  to  the  HOD  Guidance.    The  year  was  rounded  off  with  numerous  activities.  The  camp  for  Year  10  students  was  held  again  at  Okains  Bay  where  the  students  had  the  opportunity  to  experience  a  coastal  environment  and  climate  while  participating  in  activities  such  as  rock  climbing,  kayaking  and  surfing.  Students  enthusiastically  competed  in  the  annual  inter-­‐class  softball  competition  in  December.  The  annual  athletic  sports  were  held  at  Hansen’s  Park,  Opawa.  This  enabled  the  students  to  experience  a  purpose-­‐built  athletics  park.  The  day  was  extremely  successful  with  all  students  performing  to  the  best  of  their  abilities  and  displaying  excellent  behaviour.      The  last  day  of  term  saw  students  enjoying  a  ‘Pirate’  themed  fun-­‐day  at  school  where  they  tried  stilt-­‐walking,  unicycles,  giant  hula-­‐hoops,  and  various  games,  with  staff  and  students  dressing  as  pirate  characters.  The  academic  year  ended  for  the  Junior  College  with  the  2014  Junior  College  Graduation  and  Prizegiving  Ceremony.  This  was  held  at  the  Charles  Luney  Auditorium,  St  Margaret’s  College,  with  prizes  and  awards  being  presented  to  students  in  front  of  a  capacity  audience.    

Page 87: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

86  

STUDENT  PROFILE  AND  CREDIT  ACHIEVEMENT  

9DA  Student  Credit  Achievement  Distributions  Class=9DA  %  Credits  

     

Class  Profile  This  was  the  Year  9  Literacy  Enhancement  class.  Upon  enrolment  these  students  were  identified  as  having  significant  literacy  difficulties,  with  reading  ages  up  to  seven  years  below  chronological  age.  The  average  reading  age  in  the  class  was  eight  years.  The  class  started  out  with  18  students,  9  males  and  9  females.    Two  of  the  boys  in  the  class  exhibited  severe  behaviour  problems  and  programmes  were  put  in  place  to  manage  these.  One  of  the  these  boys  was  under  the  Intensive  Wraparound  Service  funded  by  the  Ministry  of  Education.  Truancy  became  a  major  problem  for  both  of  these  boys  and  as  a  result  they  were  moved  into  Alternative  Education  during  Term  1.  One  new  student  joined  the  class  in  Term  3  and  one  left  to  attend  a  different  school  in  Christchurch.  By  the  year’s  end  the  class  had  16  students,  8  female  and  8  male.      Learning  disabilities  within  the  group  included  Dyslexia,  Dyspraxia  and  Dysgraphia.  During  the  year  three  students  were  Stood  Down  for  behavioural  issues.    There  were  no  further  referral  to  Truancy  Services  after  Term  1.  The  class  achieved  well  over  the  year.  Learning  needs  were  met  by  teachers  scaffolding  tasks  focusing  on  a  range  of  literacy  strategies  covering  vocabulary,  comprehension,  clarity  of  text  types  and  writing  frames.  Teacher  aides  were  used  with  the  class  to  support  all  students  in  their  learning.  Two  out  of  the  class  of  sixteen  students  did  not  meet  the  criteria  for  graduation,  both  scoring  in  the  mid-­‐50%’s.  

Class  Credit  Performance  The  mean  credit  performance  for  9DA  during  2014  was  72.5%  with  the  graduation  rate  for  eligible  students  being  87.5%.          

       

Quantiles          100.0%   maximum   87  99.5%     87  97.5%     87  90.0%     87  75.0%   quartile   81.75  50.0%   median   74.5  25.0%   quartile   64.25  10.0%     56.4  2.5%     55  0.5%     55  0.0%   minimum   55  

                                 Moments      Mean   72.5625  Std  Dev   10.165096  Std  Err  Mean   2.5412739  Upper  95%  Mean   77.979097  Lower  95%  Mean   67.145903  N   16  

Page 88: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

87  

9YD  Student  Credit  Achievement  Distribution  Class  =  9YD  %  Credits  

   

Class  Profile  Students  in  this  class  were  characterised  by  reading  ages  two  to  three  years  below  chronological  age  with  the  average  reading  age  being  11.3  years.  Their  IQ  scores  ranged  from  low  to  high  average.  By  the  end  of  the  year  it  was  a  class  of  26  students,  14  female  and  12  male.  One  students  joined  the  class  during  the  year,  transferring  from  9WM  for  social  reasons.  One  student  was  Stood  Down  from  school  for  poor  behaviour  and  one  student  was  referred  to  Truancy  Services.      Learning  disabilities  within  the  class  included  Dyslexia,  Dyspraxia,  Asperger’s,  anxiety  and  depression.  A  noticeable  characteristic  of  this  class  was  that  while  many  students  could  appear  to  read  well,  they  struggled  with  the  deeper  understanding  of  the  text.    Teaching  strategies  were  used  which  would  assist  with  greater  understanding:  strong  scaffolding  of  work  tasks  using  a  range  of  literacy  strategies  covering  vocabulary,  comprehension,  clarity  of  text  type  and  writing  frames.  All  students  in  the  class  met  the  criteria  for  graduation.  

Class  Credit  Performance  The  mean  credit  performance  for  9YD  during  2014  was  81.7%  with  the  graduation  rate  being  100%.          

Moments      Mean   81.730769  Std  Dev   7.4165096  Std  Err  Mean   1.4544972  Upper  95%  Mean   84.726362  Lower  95%  Mean   78.735176  N   26  

Quantiles          100.0%   maximum   95  99.5%     95  97.5%     95  90.0%     94.3  75.0%   quartile   86.25  50.0%   median   82  25.0%   quartile   75.75  10.0%     72.4  2.5%     70  0.5%     70  0.0%   minimum   70  

Page 89: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

88  

9WM  Student  Credit  Achievement  Distributions  Class=9WM  %  Credits  

   

Class  Profile  The  profile  of  this  class  upon  enrolment  was  that  they  were  reading  at  or  above  their  chronological  age  and  exhibiting  IQ  scores  in  the  average  to  high  average/superior  range.  The  average  reading  age  in  the  class  was  12.3  years.  The  class  stated  the  year  with  23  students.    One  student  moved  out  of  the  class  and  into  9YD  for  social  reasons.  During  the  year  three  new  students  joined  the  class,  coming  from  other  schools  in  Christchurch.  By  Term  4  there  were  25  students  in  this  class,  11  female  and  14  male.      Some  of  the  features  of  students  placed  in  this  grouping  were  anxiety,  depression,  and  Dyspraxia.  Two  students  from  this  group  were  referred  during  the  year  for  truancy.  Three  students  were  stood  down  for  poor  behaviour,  and  one  was  later  suspended,  then  reinstated  under  conditions  set  by  the  Board  of  Trustees.  Three  students  did  not  meet  the  criteria  for  graduation,  with  all  three  scoring  in  the  mid  50%’s.  

Class  Credit  Performance  The  mean  credit  performance  for  9WM  during  2014  was  76%  with  the  graduation  rate  being  88%.        

Moments      Mean   76  Std  Dev   13.161994  Std  Err  Mean   2.8061466  Upper  95%  Mean   81.835701  Lower  95%  Mean   70.164299  N   22  

Quantiles          100.0%   maximum   95  99.5%     95  97.5%     95  90.0%     93.4  75.0%   quartile   89.25  50.0%   median   75  25.0%   quartile   69.75  10.0%     55  2.5%     53  0.5%     53  0.0%   minimum   53  

Page 90: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

89  

9RA  Student  Credit  Achievement  Distributions  Class=9RA  %  Credits  

   

Class  Profile  The  profile  of  this  class  upon  enrolment  was  that  they  were  reading  at  or  above  their  chronological  age  and  exhibiting  IQ  scores  in  the  average  to  gifted  range.      The  class  ended  the  year  with  24  students,  14  male  and  10  female.  One  student  had  left  the  class  at  the  end  of  Term  3,  having  moved  to  live  with  family  in  the  North  Island.      Some  of  the  features  of  students  placed  in  this  grouping  were  Asperger’s,  ADHD,  Dyspraxia,  anxiety  and  depression.  There  were  non  truancy  or  behaviour  problems  with  students  in  this  class.  All  students  met  the  criteria  for  graduation.  

Class  Credit  Performance  The  mean  credit  performance  for  9BT  during  2014  was  80.75%  with  the  graduation  rate  being  100%.    

     

Quantiles          100.0%   maximum   95  99.5%     95  97.5%     95  90.0%     94  75.0%   quartile   87.75  50.0%   median   83  25.0%   quartile   74.25  10.0%     65  2.5%     64  0.5%     64  0.0%   minimum   64  

Moments      Mean   80.75  Std  Dev   9.8300781  Std  Err  Mean   2.0065563  Upper  95%  Mean   84.900878  Lower  95%  Mean   76.599122  N   24  

Page 91: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

90  

10CM  Student  Credit  Achievement  Distributions  Class=10CM  %  Credits  

     Class  Profile  This  was  the  Year  10  Literacy  Enhancement  class.  The  class  was  in  its  second  year  of  the  Literacy  Enhancement  programme  and  had  made  excellent  progress  with  literacy  in  2014.  Upon  enrolment  these  students  were  identified  as  having  significant  literacy  difficulties,  with  reading  ages  up  to  seven  years  below  chronological  age.  The  average  reading  age  in  the  class  was  nine  years.  Two  of  the  students’  decoding  needs  were  so  strong  they  were  placed  on  an  individual  programme  during  Year  9.  By  the  end  of  the  year  the  class  had  20  students,  one  having  been  suspended  and  excluded  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  in  Term  2,  and  another  moving  to  live  with  family  down  south.  The  gender  balance  of  the  class  was  13  male  and  7  female.  One  student  in  the  class  was  referred  for  truancy.      Learning  disabilities  within  the  group  included  Dyslexia,  Dyspraxia  and  Dysgraphia.  Learning  needs  were  met  by  teachers  scaffolding  tasks  focusing  on  a  range  of  literacy  strategies  covering  vocabulary,  comprehension,  clarity  of  text  types  and  writing  frames.  Teacher  aides  were  used  with  the  class  to  support  all  students  in  their  learning.  One  student  did  not  meet  the  critiera  for  graduation.  

Class  Credit  Performance  The  mean  credit  performance  for  10CM  during  2014  was  79.2%  with  the  graduation  rate  being  95%.          

Quantiles          100.0%   maximum   93  99.5%     93  97.5%     93  90.0%     92  75.0%   quartile   86.75  50.0%   median   80.5  25.0%   quartile   72.5  10.0%     60.2  2.5%     53  0.5%     53  0.0%   minimum   53  

Moments      Mean   79.2  Std  Dev   11.237156  Std  Err  Mean   2.5127046  Upper  95%  Mean   84.459151  Lower  95%  Mean   73.940849  N   20  

Page 92: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

91  

10MR  Student  Credit  Achievement  Distributions  Class=10MR  %  Credits  

   

Class  Profile  Students  in  this  class  were  characterised  by  reading  ages  two  to  three  years  below  chronological  age  with  the  average  reading  age  being  11.3  years  when  they  began  in  Year  9.  Their  IQ  scores  ranged  from  low  to  high  average.  It  was  a  class  of  22  students,  11  female  and  11  male.  One  student  dispalyed  problematic  behaviour  and  was  stood  down.    He  later  left  in  Term  3,  transferring  to  another  school  in  Christchurch.  One  other  student  was  stood  down  for  poor  behaviour,  and  one  student  was  referred  for  truancy.    One  student  joined  the  class  in  Term  3,  having  transferred  from  another  school  in  Christchurch.        Learning  disabilities  within  the  class  included  Dyslexia,  Dyspraxia,  Dysgraphia,  anxiety  and  depression.  A  noticeable  characteristic  of  this  class  was  that  while  many  students  could  appear  to  read  well,  they  struggled  with  the  deeper  understanding  of  the  text.  Teaching  strategies  were  used  which  would  assist  with  greater  understanding:  strong  scaffolding  of  work  tasks  using  a  range  of  literacy  strategies  covering  vocabulary,  comprehension,  clarity  of  text  type  and  writing  frames.  One  student  did  not  meet  the  criteria  for  graduation.    

Class  Credit  Performance  The  mean  credit  performance  for  10MR  during  2014  was  77.85%  with  the  graduation  rate  being  95.5%.          

Quantiles          100.0%   maximum   90  99.5%     90  97.5%     90  90.0%     90  75.0%   quartile   86.5  50.0%   median   81  25.0%   quartile   72  10.0%     62.4  2.5%     53  0.5%     53  0.0%   minimum   53  

Moments      Mean   77.857143  Std  Dev   10.21903  Std  Err  Mean   2.2299751  Upper  95%  Mean   82.508789  Lower  95%  Mean   73.205496  N   21  

Page 93: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

92  

10WL  Student  Credit  Achievement  Distributions  Class=10WL  %  Credits  

   

Class  Profile  The  profile  of  this  class  upon  enrolment  was  that  they  were  reading  at  or  above  their  chronological  age  and  exhibiting  IQ  scores  in  the  average  to  high  average/superior  range.  The  average  reading  age  in  the  class  was  13  years.  There  were  25  students  in  this  class  by  the  end  of  the  year,  10  female  and  15  male.      Some  of  the  features  of  students  placed  in  this  grouping  were  Asperger’s  Syndrome,  anxiety,  depression,  and  Dyspraxia.  One  student  was  referred  during  the  year  for  truancy  and  was  later  placed  in  Alternative  Education.    One  new  student  joined  the  class  part  way  through  Term  3,  having  transferred  from  another  school  in  Christchurch  for  social  reasons.    All  students  in  10WL  achieved  the  criteria  for  graduation.    

Class  Credit  Performance  The  mean  credit  performance  for  10WL  during  2014  was  77.95%  with  the  graduation  rate  being  100%.                  

Quantiles          100.0%   maximum   97  99.5%     97  97.5%     97  90.0%     95  75.0%   quartile   89.75  50.0%   median   75  25.0%   quartile   68  10.0%     64.5  2.5%     60  0.5%     60  0.0%   minimum   60  

Moments      Mean   77.958333  Std  Dev   11.449242  Std  Err  Mean   2.3370668  Upper  95%  Mean   82.792924  Lower  95%  Mean   73.123742  N   24  

Page 94: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

93  

10BT  Student  Credit  Achievement  Distributions  Class=10BT  %  Credits        

     

Class  Profile  The  profile  of  this  class  upon  enrolment  was  that  they  were  reading  at  or  above  their  chronological  age  and  exhibiting  IQ  scores  in  the  average  to  gifted  range.  The  class  ended  the  year  with  23  students.  One  student  transferred  to  another  school  in  Christchurch  at  the  end  of  Term  3,  another  moved  to  Australia  with  family,  and  one  student  was  placed  with  the  Southern  Regional  Health  School.  One  student  transferred  into  the  class  at  the  start  of  Term  3  from  another  school  in  Christchurch.      Some  of  the  features  of  students  placed  in  this  grouping  were  anxiety  and  depression.  Three  students  from  this  class  was  referred  to  truancy  services.  All  students  in  the  class  met  the  criteria  for  graduation.        

Class  Credit  Performance  The  mean  credit  performance  for  10BT  during  2014  was  81.6%  with  the  graduation  rate  being  100%.          

Moments      Mean   81.629048  Std  Dev   10.707363  Std  Err  Mean   2.3365381  Upper  95%  Mean   86.492981  Lower  95%  Mean   76.745114  N   21  

Quantiles          100.0%   maximum   98  99.5%     98  97.5%     98  90.0%     96.6  75.0%   quartile   90  50.0%   median   83  25.0%   quartile   72.5  10.0%     65  2.5%     64  0.5%     64  0.0%   minimum   64  

Page 95: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

94  

STUDENT  PERFORMANCE  Students  will  demonstrate  improvement  when  measured  against  the  key  competencies  and  learning  objectives  of  the  National  Curriculum  Framework.    Learning  to  Learn:  Literacy  difficulties  provide  a  significant  barrier  to  students  becoming  successful  learners;  we  want  to  remove  this  barrier  to  learning  by  focusing  on  ‘learning  to  think  through  literacy  strategies’  (Whitehead)  to  enable  all  Junior  College  students  to  experience  success  and  to  raise  their  achievement.  In  2004  the  College  introduced  a  weekly  one  hour,  ‘Learning  to  Learn’  programme  for  all  Year  9  Junior  College  classes.  This  is  part  of  the  College’s  comprehensive  strategy  for  improving  the  skill  level  of  students.  The  impact  of  these  strategies  is  recorded  and  analysed  in  the  credit  performance  of  all  Junior  College  students.  This  continues  to  be  very  successful  for  all  Junior  College  students.    Credit  Performance:  The  Junior  College  has  continued  to  award  student  credits  based  upon  their  achievement  in  the  essential  learning  skills.  In  2014  the  credits  were  collected  at  the  end  of  each  term  and  credit  reports  were  posted  home  at  the  beginning  of  Terms  2,  3  and  4,  and  at  the  end  of  Term  4.    

Class  Credits  Achievement  2014  The  Junior  College  performance  target  for  2014  was  that  80%  of  students  would  achieve  their  credit  targets  based  on  the  60%  performance  level.  This  was  reached  at  Year  9  with  93.2%  of  students  achieving  60%  or  higher  in  their  credits,  and  97.7%  of  Year  10  students  achieving  at  60%  or  higher.  This  is  a  very  strong  performance  result.    Oneway  Analysis  of  %  Credits  By  Class    

   Gender  Credit  Performance  The  mean  performance  of  female  students  in  the  Junior  College  was  82.2%  and  for  male  students  76%.  While  the  distribution  of  both  groups  continues  to  be  similar,  it  is  still  evident  from  the  total  Junior  College  data  that  boys  are  performing  at  a  lower  credit  achievement  level  than  girls.  This  difference  in  performance  reflects  differences  in  maturation  rates.  In  2010  the  performance  gap  was  12  percentage  points  whereas  2014  results  show  this  gap  has  reduced  by  5.8  percentage  points.    What  is  significant  is  the  achievement  of  both  boys  and  girls  is  well  above  the  60%  graduating  target.  This  is  a  very  encouraging  performance  result,  especially  as  we  have  applied  a  range  of  strategies  to  further  engage  male  students.    

Level   Minimum   10%   25%   Median   75%   90%   Maximum  10BT   64   65   72.5   83   90   96.6   98  10CM   53   60.2   72.5   80.5   86.75   92   93  10MR   53   62.4   72   81   86.5   90   90  10WL   60   64.5   68   75   89.75   95   97  9DA   55   56.4   64.25   74.5   81.75   87   87  9RA   64   65   74.25   83   87.75   94   95  9WM   53   55   69.75   75   89.25   93.4   95  9YD   70   72.4   75.75   82   86.25   94.3   95  

Page 96: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

95  

Oneway  Analysis  of  %  Credits  By  Gender         Oneway  Analysis  of  %  Credits  by  Gender  and  Year  10                 Oneway  Analysis  of  %  Credits  by  Gender  and  Year  9                              

However,  further  analysis  comparing  year  groups  shows  that  a  performance  gap  continues  to  persist  between  males  and  females  in  Year  10  that  is  approximately  7.6%.  Female  student  performance  goes  up  in  Year  10  (3%)  whereas  male  student  performance  goes  down  (1%)  creating  a  larger  performance  gap  that  existed  in  Year  9  (4.2%).  This  is  an  interesting  feature.  It  shows  that  girls  are  growing  their  learning  capacity  while  for  boys  they  are  remaining  at  the  same  performance  level.  It  highlights  that  boys  do  not  enter  into  Year  11  at  an  optimum  

level  of  performance.  Further  analysis  shows  that  it  is  a  growing  tail  of  decreased  performance  in  Year  10  boys  which  highlights  a  group  of  potentially  vulnerable  students  and  skews  the  higher  performance  of  a  number  of  male  students.  In  summary  there  is  a  significant  proportion  of  male  and  female  students  entering  into  Year  11  that  are  well  prepared  with  the  appropriate  skill  set  to  be  successful  but  a  strong  signal  is  coming  from  the  data  that  a  group  of  young  males  enter  into  Year  11  at  less  than  optimum  performance  levels.  Consideration  should  be  given  to  enhance  support  mechanisms,  both  academic  and  pastoral,  for  male  students  in  Year  11.  Strategic  priorities  around  mentoring  at  risk  students  and  the  development  of  different  learning  opportunties  through  new  models  of  learning  delivery  (Canterbury  Tertiary  College,  Hagley’s  Trade  programme  and  the  schools  within  schools  structure)  are  in  place  for  2015.        Māori  Students  &  Credit  Performance  The  college  is  particularly  interested  in  the  achievement  of  Māori  students  as  these  are  a  priority  target  group.  The  Junior  College  is  made  up  of  15.8%  Māori  students  at  Year  9  and  16.2%  at  Year  10.  Analysis  of  the  overall  JC  credit  performance  (Table  A)  for  Maori  students  shows  their  mean  achievement  at  74.6%  and  non-­‐Māori  students  at  79.4%  a  difference  of  4.8%.  

Level   Minimum   10%   25%   Median   75%   90%   Maximum  Female   55   64.9   74.75   83.5   91   94.1   98  Male   53   63.4   70.25   76   83   87   97  

 

Table  A   Table  B   Table  C  

Page 97: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

96  

A  more  in  depth  analysis  shows  a  significant  difference  between  Years  9  and  10  relating  to  Māori  achievement.  In  Year  9  (Table  B),  Māori  mean  achievement  in  the  attainment  of  credits  is  at  77.8%  and  for  non-­‐Māori  at  78.4%.  There  is  no  significant  difference  between  these  results  which  is  extremely  positive  and  affirming.  However,  by  the  end  of  Year  10  (Table  C)  there  is  a  8.6%  difference  between  Māori  and  non-­‐Māori  with  Māori  student  performance  at  71.8%  and  non-­‐Māori  at  80.3%.  Māori  student  performance  has  gone  down  by  6.1%  and  non-­‐  Māori  has  gone  up  by  1.9%.  This  is  a  concern.  It  means  that  not  enough  Māori  students  are  entering  into  Year  11  with  an  appropriate  skill  set  at  an  appropriate  level.  The  college  should  make  a  very  proactive  step  to  identify  all  Māori  students  in  Year  10  and  ensure  they  are  actively  part  of  the  Māori  mentoring  programme.  This  is  an  identified  strategic  priority  for  the  college  in  2015.      STUDENT  GRADUATION      The  expected  outcome  for  student  graduation  in  the  Junior  College  is  that  every  Year  9  student  will  attain  a  Certificate  of  Achievement  and  every  Year  10  student  will  graduate  with  a  ‘Diploma  of  Learning’.      

Entry  to  Next  Year  Level  and  Senior  College  To  gain  entry  to  the  next  year  level  in  the  Junior  College  and  to  the  Senior  College  from  the  Junior  College,  a  student  must  achieve  45%  or  more  in  their  credits.  The  2014  target  was  for  95%  of  Junior  College  students  to  gain  entry  to  Year  11.  Analysis  of  the  2014  credit  data  shows  that  100%  of  students  met  the  entry  criteria  for  the  next  year  level.  This  is  above  the  95%  target.  The  graph  shows  the  trend  since  2001.    It  is  important  to  note  that  while  this  is  a  very  good  achievement  it  is  not  the  vital  statistic  the  College  monitors  in  relation  to  on-­‐going  achievement  for  Junior  College  students.  It  is  the  graduating  data  (60%  target)  that  is  a  vital  sign-­‐post  to  student  achievement  in  National  Qualifications.  Even  more  specifically,  historical  evidence  now  shows  that  all  students  that  graduate  with  distinction  (credit  totals  above  80%)  achieve  a  National  Certificate  in  Year  11.  

Overall  Junior  College  Graduation  Rates  For  any  Junior  College  student  to  graduate  from  one  year  level  to  another  they  need  to  achieve  a  minimum  of  60%  (600  credits)  in  their  key  competencies.  The  target  for  the  whole  Junior  College  is  80%.  Analysis  of  the  2014  data  shows  that  95.5%  of  students  achieved  the  graduating  target.  It  must  also  be  noted  that  the  graduation  rates  for  Junior  College  students  have  not  fallen  below  80%  since  2001.  In  2014  there  were  four  classes  that  had  100%  graduation  rates.  

46  56  

69  80   81.5   82   83.5   85.6   81   85   89.1   89.8   91.4   96.05   95   96.84   95.5  

0  

20  

40  

60  

80  

100  

1998   1999   2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  

Junior  College  GraduaXon  Rates  

85.7  

90.5  93.6   95.3  

98   98.7  96  

98.1   99   98.3   100   100   100   100  

75  

80  

85  

90  

95  

100  

105  

2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  

%  Progression  to  Year  11  

Page 98: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

97  

   Year  10  Graduation  Rates  For  a  student  to  graduate  from  the  Junior  College  with  a  ‘Diploma  of  Learning’  they  must  achieve  at  least  60%  in  their  key  competency  credits.  The  target  for  2014  was  for  80%  of  Year  10  students  to  graduate  with  a  ‘Diploma  of  Learning’.  Analysis  of  the  data  shows  that  97.7%  of  students  graduated  with  a  ‘Diploma  of  Learning’  in  2014.  In  the  context  of  previous  performances  this  is  an  excellent  performance  result.  It  is  the  highest  Year  10  Graduation  Rate  since  the  system  was  established.  The  Year  10  cohort  exceeded  the  performance  target  of  80%  by  17.7%.  

Year  9  Certificate  of  Achievement  Year  9  students  who  achieve  at  least  60%  in  their  credits  are  awarded    a  ‘Certificate  of  Achievement’.  The  2014  target  was  for  80%  of  Year  9  students  to  gain  a  ‘Certificate  of  Achievement’.  Analysis  of  the  2014  data  shows  that  93.2%  of  Year  9  students  met  the  criteria  for  the  ‘Certificate  of  Achievement’.  This  is  a  strong  achievement  result  despite  a  decrease  in  the  2013  performance  of  6.8%.  This  is  within  the  parameters  of  cohort  variation.  The  following  graph  shows  the  Year  9  graduation  rates  since  1998.  There  is  a  strong  correlation  between  literacy  levels  and  credit  achievement.  The  work  of  the  Learning  Support  department  together  with  the  introduction  of  ‘Learning  to  Learn’  strategies  introduced  in  2001  has  raised  the  achievement  of  students  that  are  now  graduating  in  2014.  The  specific  achievement  results  relating  to  Literacy  Enhancement  can  be  found  in  the  Learning  Support  portfolio  section  of  this  report.    

Assemblies  and  Graduation  Ceremony  Fortnightly  Junior  College  assemblies  of  each  year  level  were  held  in  2014.  The  purpose  of  these  was  to  highlight  and  celebrate  the  progress  of  students.  Students  who  were  demonstrating  success  in  reaching  credit  goals  were  recognised  regularly  at  the  assemblies.  These  awards  have  become  an  integral  part  of  the  Junior  College.  The  annual  Graduation  Ceremony  and  Prizegiving  for  the  Junior  College  was  held  on  the  evening  of  4  December  2014.  The  venue  was  the  Charles  Luney  Auditorium  at  St  Margaret’s  College.  An  excellent  turnout  of  students  and  their  families  celebrated  the  significant  achievements  of  2014.  All  Year  10  graduating  students  received  a  Westfields  voucher.  Top  performing  and  most  improved  students  in  each  subject  and  each  class  were  recognised  with  certificates.  Ten  Year  10  Excellence  Awards  were  presented  to  those  students  whose  credits  were  consistently  above  90%  during  the  year.  The  extremely  positive  feedback  from  parents  highlighted  the  impact  the  College  is  making  on  these  young  people’s  lives.          

40  49  

64  75  

82.5   80.5   76.2  85   84  

75.3  90.4  

81.25  88.2  

95.8   91   94   97.7  

0  

20  

40  

60  

80  

100  

1998   1999   2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  

%  Year  10  GraduaXon  Rates  

52  63  

74  85   81   84  

93  86  

79  95  

87.3  98.9   93.9   96.3   98.9   100  

93.2  

0  

20  

40  

60  

80  

100  

1998   1999   2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014  

%  Year  9  GraduaXon  Rates  

Page 99: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

98  

Analysis  of  Graduation  Awards    Contingency  Analysis  of  Class  by  Awards  -­‐  Mosaic  Plot  

   These  are  very  good  performance  results  by  students  in  the  Junior  College  for  2014.  Less  than  4%  of  students  failed  to  graduate  and  those  that  did  not  graduate  were  within  five  percentage  points  of  achieving  this  goal.  The  95.5%  of  students  who  did  graduate  did  so  with  either  a  Certificate  of  Achievement  or  a  Graduating  Diploma  in  Learning.  Of  this  graduating  group  the  majority  gained  the  award  with  distinction  requiring  students  to  achieve  at  the  80%+  level  throughout  the  academic  year.        

Count  Total  %  Col  %  Row  %  

10BT   10CM   10MR   10WL   9DA   9RA   9WM   9YD    

CA   0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

9  5.17  

56.25  22.50  

11  6.32  

45.83  27.50  

10  5.75  

45.45  25.00  

10  5.75  

38.46  25.00  

40  22.99  

CA  Dist   0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

5  2.87  

31.25  12.20  

13  7.47  

54.17  31.71  

8  4.60  

36.36  19.51  

15  8.62  

57.69  36.59  

41  23.56  

GDL   8  4.60  

38.10  21.62  

5  2.87  

25.00  13.51  

9  5.17  

42.86  24.32  

14  8.05  

58.33  37.84  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

1  0.57  3.85  2.70  

37  21.26  

GDL  Dist   13  7.47  

61.90  27.08  

14  8.05  

70.00  29.17  

11  6.32  

52.38  22.92  

10  5.75  

41.67  20.83  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

48  27.59  

NA   0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

1  0.57  5.00  

12.50  

1  0.57  4.76  

12.50  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

2  1.15  

12.50  25.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

4  2.30  

18.18  50.00  

0  0.00  0.00  0.00  

8  4.60  

  21  12.07  

20  11.49  

21  12.07  

24  13.79  

16  9.20  

24  13.79  

22  12.64  

26  14.94  

174  

Page 100: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

99  

LEARNING  ENVIRONMENT  The  expected  outcome  for  the  learning  environment  is  that  we  will  provide  a  safe  physical  and  emotional  environment  for  all  students.    

Student  Management  Systems  Form  Tutors  continued  to  play  a  central  role  in  supporting  Junior  College  students  in  2014.  The  Tutors  were  assisted  in  their  work  by  the  Year  9  and  Year  10  Deans.  Weekly  meetings  of  the  Deans  and  the  Head  of  Junior  College  continued  to  be  the  forum  where  student  management  issues  and  procedures  were  addressed.  This  was  supported  by  the  work  of  the  Special  Needs/Learning  Support  Committee  in  its  weekly  meetings.    

Special  Enrolments  The  College  has  set  a  target  of  enrolling  up  to  5%  of  the  total  Junior  College  roll  as  additional  special  enrolments  based  on  learning  and  pastoral  need.  In  2014  there  were  eight  students  who  enrolled  post  1st  March.  These  ‘special  enrolments’  were  students  who  had  negative  experiences  in  their  previous  schools  and  from  an  educational  perspective  were  ‘at  risk’.  All  are  still  enrolled  at  the  College  and  all  are  fully  engaged  in  their  programmes  of  learning  and  are  achieving  well.  

Learning  and  Social  Environment  2014  was  a  settled  year  for  staff  managing  the  behaviour  of  students  in  the  Junior  College.  The  continued  provision  of  an  additional  counsellor  in  the  wake  of  the  earthquakes  was  a  much-­‐needed  boost  to  the  Pastoral  Care  team.  While  there  were  some  students  with  extreme  behavioural  difficulties,  staff  dealt  effectively  with  these  students.  The  use  of  stand  downs  as  a  mechanism  of  dealing  with  non-­‐compliant  behaviour  has  continued  to  be  an  effective  way  of  bringing  students  to  account,  and  getting  parents  more  on-­‐board  with  the  issues  affecting  their  child.  The  support  of  the  Board  for  staff  through  the  suspension  process  is  recognised  and  appreciated.    The  College  is  carefully  managing  this  issue  of  what  appears  to  be  an  increase  in  the  number  of  students  with  significant  learning  and/or  behavioural  difficulties.  While  individual  incidents  of  dealing  with  difficult  students  are  increasing,  the  numbers  of  students  relative  to  the  whole  Junior  College  population  is  decreasing.  Staff  are  skilled  at  dealing  with  students  in  a  sensitive  and  non-­‐conflictual  manner.    Professional  development  of  staff  in  this  area  is  well  supported  within  the  College.    It  must  be  remembered  that  the  Junior  College  roll  has  increased  by  150%  since  1998  and  yet  the  positive  outcomes,  such  as  graduation  rates  and  attendance,  have  continued  to  climb.  Many  of  our  students  in  the  Junior  College  are  ‘vulnerable’  in  one  way  or  another  and  therefore  disruptive  behaviour  of  a  few  students  affects  the  whole  Junior  College;  but  that  is  the  challenge  that  teachers  face  in  changing  behaviour  and  supporting  all  students.  The  data  clearly  shows  how  effective  the  College  is  being  in  changing  the  lives  of  these  students.        STUDENT  ENROLMENT  AND  RETENTION  A  feature  of  the  Junior  College  has  been  the  high  levels  of  enrolment  into  the  limited  number  of  spaces  available  and  the  high  levels  of  retention  through  to  the  Senior  College.  

Open  Day  The  Junior  College  Open  Day  was  held  early  in  Term  2.  The  event  was  run  from  4-­‐6pm  which  has  proven  to  be  a  successful  time  since  2011.  Over  100  families  attended  the  evening,  where,  after  being  greeted  with  fresh  coffee  and  biscuits,  they  were  presented  with  information  on  how  the  Junior  College  operates.  After  the  presentation,  small  groups  were  able  to  tour  the  College  being  escorted  by  enthusiastic  Year  9  and  10  students,  and  then  return  to  the  Cafe  where  staff  were  available  to  answer  questions.  

Out-­‐of-­‐Zone  Places    As  in  previous  years,  the  number  of  applications  for  enrolment  at  Year  9  for  2014  exceeded  the  number  of  ‘out-­‐of-­‐zone’  places  available.  

Page 101: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

Graduating  College’s  Year  9  -­‐  11    -­‐  Hagley  Community  College  Performance  Report  2015   Page    

100  

Class  Numbers  Four  Year  9  classes  were  established  in  2014.  There  were  four  Year  10  classes  in  2014  in  addition  to  the  Year  9/10  Junior  Targeted  Learning  class.  Class  numbers  continued  to  be  set  at  a  maximum  of  25  per  class,  with  20  maximum  in  the  Year  9  and  Year  10  Literacy  Enhancement  classes.  

Student  Re-­‐enrolment    The  target  of  95%  has  been  set  for  Junior  College  students  re-­‐enrolling  into  the  next  year  level.  From  the  re-­‐enrolment  data,  100%  of  Year  9  students  continued  into  Year  10  and  100%  of  Year  10  students  continued  into  Year  11.  

Student  Induction  Programme  A  one  day  induction  programme  for  Year  9  students  was  held  at  the  beginning  of  2014.  The  purpose  of  this  day  was  to  assist  in  settling  students  into  classes,  getting  them  familiar  with  the  College  and  for  them  to  gain  an  understanding  of  the  expectations  the  College  has  of  them.  The  Year  9  students  worked  closely  during  this  day  with  the  senior  Leadership  students  assigned  to  each  of  the  Year  9  classes.  In  addition,  the  Leadership  students  continued  their  work  with  the  Year  9’s  by  meeting  the  classes  once  a  week  over  Term  1  and  involving  the  students  in  co-­‐operative  learning  activities.  

Student  Retention  The  overall  target  for  retention  has  been  set  at  90%.  In  2014  the  Junior  College  retained  96%  of  students.  This  is  6%  above  the  target  figure  of  90%.  Long-­‐term  data  is  showing  that  student  retention  is  maintained  through  into  the  Senior  College  where  Junior  College  graduates  have  a  significantly  better  retention  record  than  new  students  entering  the  Senior  College  from  other  schools.  This  result  was  pleasing  as  the  2009  retention  rates  had  been  80%.  The  change  is  due  to  the  College  improving  its  induction  programme  for  Junior  College  students  and  the  involvement  of  parents  in  Parent  Evenings.  Surveys  show  a  very  positive  response  to  these  initiatives.  

Low  Absenteeism  The  College  has  set  a  target  of  less  than  10%  absenteeism  per  year  in  the  Junior  College.  For  the  purpose  of  the  analysis  all  absence  was  counted  which  included  excused  and  unexcused  absence,  chronic  truancy,  long-­‐term  absence  due  to  illness,  and  discipline  protocols.  The  mean  performance  for  student  attendance  in  the  Junior  College  in  2014  was  95%.      Year  9  has  a  very  good  attendance  pattern  with  the  majority  of  students  having  attendance  above  90%  for  the  year.  Year  10  also  has  a  good  attendance  pattern  for  the  majority  of  students  but  does  have  an  extended  tail  that  demonstrates  variable  attendance,  which  is  reflected  in  the  achievement  results  of  these  students.  

Orientation  Evening  As  part  of  the  enrolment  process,  the  College  held  an  Orientation  Evening  for  all  Year  9  and  new  Year  10  students  during  November.  This  evening  plays  a  valuable  role  in  helping  students  feel  part  of  the  College  and  it  helps  by  eliminating  some  of  the  anxieties  prior  to  classes  starting  in  February.  The  new  Year  9  students  and  their  parents  were  able  to  meet  their  classmates,  Form  Tutors  and  other  parents.  After  meeting  in  the  cafe  and  being  welcomed  into  the  College  by  Brent  Ingram,  Suzanne  Waters  explained  the  structures  and  procedures  involved  in  the  Junior  College.    The  students  were  then  placed  in  their  form  groups  and  they  moved  off,  with  parents  in  tow,  to  meet  their  Form  Tutors  and  have  a  tour  of  the  school.  At  the  end  of  the  tour  students  and  parents  were  able  to  meet  each  other  and  staff  over  refreshments  in  the  Library  foyer.  The  2014  evening  was  very  well  attended  with  students  and  parents  commenting  on  how  useful  it  was  to  be  involved  in  such  an  evening  prior  to  the  commencement  of  classes  in  2015.  

Meet  the  Teacher  and  Report  Evenings  These  evenings  were  again  held  regularly  during  2015.  The  first  Meet  the  Teacher  Evening  was  held  in  March,  while  the  Report  Evening  was  held  in  Term  3.  The  turnout  of  parents  for  these  evenings  has  been  very  encouraging  with  the  majority  of  Junior  College  parents  actively  participating  in  the  home/school  partnership.  

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Page 102: Annual Reporting 2015 : Learning Experiences

510 Hagley Avenue | Christchurch 8011 | New Zealand

PO Box 3084 | Christchurch 8140 | New Zealand

Telephone 0508HAGLEY or (03) 364 5156 | Facsimile (64 3) 379 3134

Email: [email protected] | Website: www.hagley.school.nz